All pages
Powered by GitBook
Couldn't generate the PDF for 234 pages, generation stopped at 100.
Extend with 50 more pages.
1 of 100

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

ZBrain Documentation

ZBrain documentation offers clear, structured support for deploying AI Agents across business functions with ease and precision.

Welcome to the ZBrain documentation!

This comprehensive resource is designed to help you explore ZBrain, a unified platform for enterprise AI enablement that guides organizations through each stage of their AI journey, from transforming internal workflow challenges into structured AI use cases to evaluating readiness, identifying opportunities, and implementing full-scale solutions. The documentation covers the platform’s key components and demonstrates how ZBrain can deliver value across your organization.

ZBrain consists of three core platforms: ZBrain XPLR, for discovering and planning AI solutions across the enterprise, ZBrain Builder, for developing, deploying, and managing those solutions efficiently and ZBrain CoI, for enabling structured ideation and collaboration to transform operational challenges into investment-ready AI use cases. It ensures your enterprise has a strategic roadmap for AI adoption tailored to its unique workflows and objectives.

Within this guide, you will discover how to leverage ZBrain Builder to create and manage knowledge bases, import data from multiple sources, design automated workflows, develop AI-powered applications and agents, configure prompts for customized AI behavior, and deploy scalable, enterprise-grade AI solutions. Also, you'll learn how to use ZBrain CoI to accelerate AI opportunity discovery by submitting your process-level challenges via its prompt-driven interface. CoI converts these submissions into detailed AI use case reports that include cost estimates, business impact, and ROI metrics. All activities take place within a secure, multi-tenant environment that supports editing, sharing, status tracking, and alignment with organizational objectives.

Whether you are initiating your AI journey or looking to scale existing initiatives, this documentation serves as your go-to resource for building and managing intelligent, enterprise-ready AI solutions with ZBrain.

Components of ZBrain Builder

Discover the core components of ZBrain Builder, including AI Agents and Apps, designed to help you create powerful, custom automations

Knowledge base

ZBrain’s knowledge base is a centralized data repository that enables AI applications and agents to access domain-specific information for accurate and context-aware responses. It supports a wide range of data formats, including documents, images, and videos. You can also import data from sources like Web URLs, Webhooks, Google Sheets, Google Slides, Google Docs, ElasticSearch, Notion, MongoDB, ServiceNow, Confluence, Jira and more. This broad data connectivity ensures flexibility and scalability, allowing your AI systems to stay informed and deliver precise, domain-relevant outputs.

App

ZBrain empowers users to create LLM-powered applications tailored to their specific needs, such as chatbots, content generation tools, customer support systems, question-answering tools, recommendation engines and more. Users can personalize the app’s features, responses, and operations, configure its settings, customize appearances, test app performance, and navigate key analytics. To ensure safe and responsible AI usage, ZBrain integrates advanced guardrails that enforce security and policy compliance. It filters harmful prompts, prevents misuse, and maintains ethical behavior across all ZBrain applications. Using ZBrain, both public and private apps can be developed and seamlessly integrated into an organization's internal workflows and customer-facing systems.

Agents

ZBrain AI agents are intelligent, purpose-built systems designed to automate and optimize business processes across diverse functions. These agents leverage generative AI to handle various tasks such as data analysis, process automation and decision support. Seamlessly integrating with diverse data sources and your organization’s existing tools and systems, ZBrain AI agents reduce deployment effort and ensure compatibility for smooth and efficient operations. You can choose from prebuilt agents designed for common use cases, build custom agents to address specific operational challenges, or assemble agent crews—collaborative teams of agents working in coordination to solve complex, multi-step tasks. When building a custom agent, the Flow component allows you to design intricate logic workflows that define the agent’s decision paths and actions without requiring extensive coding expertise.

Prompts

Prompts are structured instructions that shape how large language models (LLMs) respond to user inputs, ensuring outputs align with specific tasks, goals, or business functions. ZBrain’s Prompt Manager streamlines the creation, organization, and integration of these prompts into applications and agents built on the platform. Prompts can incorporate variables, system instructions, conditional logic, and dynamic content to enable flexible, context-aware interactions.

Equipped with version control, real-time testing, and seamless integration within ZBrain apps and agents, the Prompt Manager empowers teams to maintain consistent, high-quality AI responses. With built-in evaluation capabilities, users can test prompts against various inputs, review model responses for accuracy and relevance, and fine-tune prompts to achieve optimal output quality. It offers granular control over model behavior, enhancing the reliability, precision, and performance of language model-driven solutions across the enterprise landscape.

Monitor

The monitor functionality in ZBrain Builder provides real-time visibility and automated evaluation of AI applications and agents, ensuring consistent performance and response quality. Acting as a centralized dashboard, it captures user inputs and AI outputs, assessing them against metrics like accuracy, relevancy, success rate, and failure trends at scheduled intervals. Its intuitive interface allows teams to quickly analyze performance, spot recurring issues, troubleshoot interactions, and ensure alignment with business goals. It also features a built-in notification functionality, which enables alerts to be sent across multiple communication channels, regardless of whether a monitoring event succeeds or fails. This keeps stakeholders informed in real-time and enables swift responses to emerging issues. By automating assessments, this functionality helps maintain high-quality AI interactions, supports faster iteration, and ensures reliable, scalable AI workflows.

ZBrain Builder

Build and customize AI agent workflows to automate tasks and streamline processes with ZBrain Builder

ZBrain Builder is an all-in-one orchestration platform for enterprise-grade AI solutions that enables organizations to quickly develop, deploy, and manage intelligent custom GenAI agents and applications without requiring extensive developer resources. The platform is designed to democratize AI technology, making it accessible and scalable for organizations of all sizes. ZBrain Builder integrates seamlessly with your existing technology stack, acting as a central hub for all your GenAI-based solutions. As an enterprise-grade agentic AI platform, it offers all the necessary tools to build custom generative AI solutions that efficiently handle a wide array of tasks. It goes beyond traditional NLP tasks, offering end-to-end orchestration of AI agents capable of handling complex workflows across functions like legal, HR, finance, sales, marketing, and IT. With built-in data governance, secure APIs, smart orchestration logic, and continuous learning via human feedback, ZBrain empowers enterprises to drive operational excellence at scale.

Key features of ZBrain Builder

  • Advanced knowledge base: ZBrain Builder ingests data from various sources (documents, web URLs, databases) in multiple formats (PDF, TXT, CSV, JSON) and optimizes it at the chunk level for efficient retrieval. It supports various vector stores and is agnostic to the underlying storage provider. This rich knowledge base fuels all ZBrain agents and applications, ensuring they have the information they need to deliver accurate results.

  • Low-code development with Flow: ZBrain Builder's Flow feature offers pre-built components for the rapid development of complex AI applications. The intuitive interface enables the integration of content from various sources, real-time data fetching, and the incorporation of third-party tools, applications, and conditional logic into workflows, with webhook triggers to build your app’s intricate business logic.

  • Human in the loop: The platform gathers feedback from end-users on AI outputs and performance, allowing operators to provide corrections and guidance to improve AI model efficiency. This process helps refine the models' output and optimize data retrieval based on human input.

  • Extended database: ZBrain Builder allows operators to extend their data at the chunk or file level with additional information and update the meta-information associated with data entries. It also offers data summarization and ontology generation capabilities.

  • Cloud and model agnostic: ZBrain solutions can be deployed on-premise or in the cloud and interact seamlessly with major LLMs. It supports OpenAI’s GPT-4, Anthropic’s Claude, Google’s Gemini, Meta’s Llama-3, and other proprietary or open-source models​ like Gemma and Mistral.

  • Evaluation suite of tools: ZBrain Builder provides automated test suites for continuous validation of AI agents and applications, implements guardrails to ensure output quality, and uses LLMs to assess app results.

  • Advanced prompting techniques: It supports advanced prompting techniques, including Zero/Few Shot Prompting, Chain of Thought Prompting, Self Consistency, Retrieval Augmentation Generation, Self Reflection, and Automatic Prompt Engineering. These techniques ensure the highest accuracy in results, delivering robust and reliable outputs for your applications.

  • APPOps: ZBrain Builder keeps your AI applications running smoothly with its built-in application operations (APPOps) features. It monitors application health and performance by proactively conducting continuous background validation and identifying and resolving issues before they impact users. This ensures your AI solutions are reliable and deliver consistent results.

  • Agents: ZBrain Builder enables you to create AI agents that automate complex business processes across enterprise functions. The agents can be configured according to specific needs and seamlessly integrate into existing workflows, optimizing repetitive and decision-intensive tasks. With advanced capabilities, AI agents built on ZBrain Builder handle complex processes, provide precise insights, reduce manual effort, and boost productivity, enabling teams to focus on strategic goals and drive operational efficiency and agility. An agent store is also available that allows users to quickly select and deploy pre-built specialized agents, with support for multi-agent coordination to handle complex workflows.

How ZBrain Builder works

ZBrain Builder integrates data from both private and public sources into its advanced knowledge base, enabling efficient retrievals and enhanced data management through extended databases. Its powerful engine handles critical business logic, data, and user governance, and runtime integrations. ZBrain Builder facilitates low-code agent development through its agents layer, which includes agent collaboration, prebuilt agent library, feedback loop and retrieval optimization. The interface layer provides seamless connectivity via APIs, SDKs, and user-friendly interfaces, enabling easy integration with existing systems. ZBrain Builder supports private enterprise deployment, offering integration with both proprietary and open-source large language models (LLMs).

Data sources

ZBrain Builder ingests and processes multimodal data, including text, audio, images, and video, from both private and public sources:

A. Private data

These sources contain organization-specific and confidential company information, which is securely accessed for processing. The following sources provide access to private organizational data:

  • Enterprise apps: Connectors to systems like Salesforce, SAP, and other CRM/ERP platforms.

  • Business systems: Integrations with core business tools such as Microsoft Office, PDF documents, and Google Workspace, enabling structured and semi-structured data handling.

  • Data clouds: Seamless connections with data lake and warehouse solutions like Snowflake and Databricks, enabling high-volume, scalable analytics.

B. Public data

ZBrain Builder taps into publicly accessible information from sources such as Google, Yahoo, Bing, and Wikipedia, enriching enterprise insights with external knowledge.

ZBrain Builder: The orchestration layer

At the core of the platform, the ZBrain Builder enables configuration, orchestration, and management of intelligent workflows, AI agents, and system behavior across the following key layers:

A. Knowledge base

ZBrain Builder has a dynamic and structured knowledge layer for intelligent querying:

  • Extended DB: Allows expansion and enrichment of the database with additional information for more accurate results.

  • Retrievals: Indexes and surfaces relevant documents, records, and entities efficiently for fast data retrieval.

  • Automated reasoning: Extracts and applies rules and variables from the knowledge base to deliver precise, logic-driven answers to user queries.

B. Builder engine

This is the core processing engine enabling:

  • Business logic & OOTB algorithms: Manages core business rules while providing out-of-the-box algorithms for various functions.

  • Data & user governance: Enforces secure data handling, access controls, and auditability across users and roles for robust data security and governance.

  • Runtime integrations: Ensures agents stay connected to live systems and databases for real-time task execution.

C. Agents

The agent layer is the operational backbone where AI actions are defined and executed:

  • Low-code platform: Simplifies the development of agents with minimal coding, accelerating time-to-market.

  • Memory: Agents can retain contextual understanding for ongoing tasks or long-term sessions.

  • Autonomous agents: Execute complex, multi-step tasks through autonomous reasoning and decision-making, enabling end-to-end workflow automation without manual intervention.

  • Agent collaboration

D. Tuning layer

The tuning layer focuses on AI solutions' performance and safety. It consists of:

  • Monitoring: Tracks system performance and model usage in real-time.

  • Evaluation suite: Provides necessary tools to benchmark agent accuracy continuously and LLM output quality.

  • Self-improvement: Facilitates autonomous refinement of agents and model prompts over time.

  • Guardrails: Applies predefined rules and guidelines to guide AI behavior and prevent harmful or biased responses.

Interface layer

ZBrain Builder offers flexible interfaces for both developers and business users. Its interface layer consists of:

  • APIs: Programmatic interfaces that enable the smooth integration of ZBrain solutions with other enterprise systems.

  • SDKs: Prebuilt libraries and kits help accelerate the custom development and integration of agents and solutions.

  • User interface: Intuitive front-end interface allowing users to interact with ZBrain's AI-powered solutions easily.

LLM layer

ZBrain Builder is model-agnostic and supports flexible large language model configurations through:

  • Private models: Supports seamless integration with private instances of major AI platforms like Google Vertex AI, Amazon Bedrock, Azure OpenAI Service, and Together AI.

  • Model as a service: Enables integration with cloud-based AI services such as Hugging Face and Groq, enabling access to cutting-edge models.

  • Proprietary models: Includes specialized, custom models like Microsoft’s Phi-3 and Google’s PaLM 2 for specific use cases.

Cloud compute layer

The cloud compute layer enables ZBrain Builder to harness scalable cloud-based services for tasks like search and document processing, boosting the platform's overall capabilities.

  • Vector databases: Integration with advanced vector search technologies such as Pinecone, AWS OpenSearch, Vertex AI Vector Search, and Azure AI Search.

  • Document processing: Support for AI-driven document processing using tools like Amazon Textract, Azure AI Vision, and Google Document AI.

Deployment & integration

  • Private cloud deployment: ZBrain apps and agents can be deployed in private cloud environments for added security and control.

  • Enterprise private deployment: ZBrain apps and agents can be deployed on major cloud providers like AWS, Google Cloud, and Azure, ensuring full data privacy and security while meeting enterprise-specific needs.

Why use ZBrain Builder?

  • Enterprise-ready: Designed for secure, private deployment in enterprise environments.

  • Efficiency: Streamlines processes through automated data collection, analysis, and content generation.

  • Customization: Tailors AI solutions to specific business needs, integrating seamlessly with existing workflows.

  • Operational enhancement: Improves decision-making, operational efficiency, and customer experience.

Get Started with ZBrain Builder

Get started on your AI development journey with this comprehensive guide on ZBrain Builder. Learn the fundamental steps for building, deploying, and monitoring your AI agent

Get started with ZBrain Builder by signing up for a new account or signing in to your existing account to create, customize, and deploy AI apps and agents tailored to your organization’s needs.

New user sign-up process

ZBrain Builder offers flexible registration options to accommodate different user preferences and organizational requirements. You can create an account using either your email credentials or Google authentication.

: Multiple agents can interact, delegate responsibilities, and coordinate across complex workflows, enabling scalable multi-agent systems that collaborate to complete tasks more efficiently and intelligently.
  • Tools & frameworks: Offer developers robust agent development frameworks, reusable utilities, and modular design patterns to accelerate the creation, testing, and deployment of intelligent agents across diverse enterprise use cases.

  • Prebuilt agent library: Provides an ‘agent store’ where users can explore and deploy pre-built, ready-to-use agents that can be easily customized and configured to fit specific business workflows and requirements.

  • Real-time feedback loop: Captures user responses and human feedback to improve future agent behavior.

  • Retrieval optimization: Enhances how agents access and surface relevant knowledge during execution.

  • Email registration

    Step 1: Click the 'Log in' button on the ZBrain Builder home page. You will be redirected to the login page, where you can select 'Sign up' to open the registration form.

    Step 2: Fill in the required information, including your full name, a valid work email address, a secure password (entered twice for verification), and your organization's name. Step 3: Click the ‘Sign up’ button to create your account. Step 4: Check your email for a verification message and follow the instructions to activate your account.

    Google sign up

    Step 1: Click ‘Sign up with Google’ on the registration page. Step 2: You will be redirected to Google's secure authentication portal, where you can authenticate using your Google account credentials.

    Step 3: Grant necessary permissions for ZBrain Builder access, and your account will be automatically activated.

    Note: Signing up with a personal or non-work Google account will make you ineligible for any free credits.

    You need to upgrade your plan to receive the credits required to build an agent or application. To upgrade the plan, follow the steps below:

    • Click on the 'Credits' button upper right corner of the ZBrain Builder interface.

    • It will redirect you to the ZBrain’s plan overview page.

    • Review the plan overview and select the subscription tier that best fits your needs.

    Security Note: ZBrain Builder uses invisible CAPTCHA v3 that runs automatically in the background during registration. This security feature blocks automated sign-up attempts without requiring any action from you.

    Existing user sign-in process

    Returning users can access ZBrain Builder using their established credentials, either via email and password authentication or Google sign-in, for a seamless experience.

    Email and password sign-in

    Step 1: Visit the main ZBrain Builder website and click the ‘Log in’ button in the top-right corner of the page to be automatically redirected to the sign-in portal. Step 2: Enter the email address associated with your ZBrain Builder account and your account password. Step 3: Upon successful authentication, you will be redirected to your ZBrain Builder interface.

    Google sign-in

    Step 1: Click ‘Sign in with Google’ on the sign-in page. Step 2: You will be redirected to Google's secure authentication portal to verify your identity. Step 3: After successful Google authentication, you will be automatically redirected back to your ZBrain Builder interface with full access to your account.

    With your account active and credits in place, you’re ready to start building and deploying AI agents and applications in ZBrain Builder.

    Security Note: Our invisible CAPTCHA system automatically verifies that you're not a bot during the sign-in process - no additional steps required.

    Apollo

    Power your sales outreach by integrating Apollo.io with ZBrain Flow to find contacts, enrich data, and automate your lead generation process.

    The Apollo piece in ZBrain Flow allows you to integrate person and company enrichment features from Apollo into your workflows. With this connector, you can access Apollo’s B2B data to automatically match individual profiles or enhance company information using minimal inputs like name, email, domain, or LinkedIn URL. This is useful for lead scoring, CRM enrichment, sales automation, or any workflow where having accurate and enriched business data helps improve decisions or drive engagement.

    How to Use Apollo in ZBrain Flow

    Select Apollo as Your Action

    1. In ZBrain Flow, click the + button and search for Apollo.

    2. Select the action you need depending on your use case. ZBrain Flow supports the following Apollo actions:

      • Match Person – Retrieve detailed person-level data based on attributes like email.

      • Enrich Company – Get enriched information about a company using a domain name.

    Set Up the Apollo Connection

    Before using any Apollo actions, you must connect your Apollo account. To create the connection:

    1. In the ‘Connection’ dropdown, click ‘Create Connection’.

    2. In the pop-up window, fill in the following fields:

      • Connection Name: A name to identify this connection (e.g., Apollo)

      • API Key: Your Apollo API key

    How to Use Apollo to Match a Person in ZBrain Flow

    • Follow the connection setup steps provided in the “Set Up the Apollo Connection” section above.

    • In the 'Email' field, enter the email address of the person you want to match.

    • Optionally, enable 'Cache Response' to store the result in the project store for later use. This helps avoid repeated API calls for the same input.

    Once configured, the action will return matched person data from Apollo based on the provided email.

    How to Use Apollo to Enrich Company Data in ZBrain Flow

    • Follow the connection setup steps provided in the “Set Up the Apollo Connection” section above.

    • Enter the company’s domain in the 'Domain' field.

    • You can enable 'Cache Response' to store the result in the project store and reuse the data across other steps without making a repeat API call.

    After setup, this action returns enriched company data pulled from Apollo using the specified domain.

    Knowledge base settings and user management

    Learn how to manage ZBrain knowledge base settings by updating names, descriptions, retrieval parameters, and user access to keep data accurate and secure.

    Managing knowledge base settings and configurations

    The Knowledge Base Settings allow you to view and manage key configurations of your knowledge base. The name and description can be edited at any time, while other settings reflect your initial setup choices and are shown here for reference.

    • Knowledge Base Name

    Amazon Textract

    Automate data extraction by integrating Amazon Textract, into your ZBrain Flow for seamless document processing.

    Amazon Textract is an AWS service that automatically extracts text, handwriting, and data from scanned documents. It goes beyond simple optical character recognition (OCR) to identify, understand, and extract data from forms and tables.

    How to Connect Amazon Textract to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Amazon Textract as Your Connection

    File summary

    Learn how to create and manage file summaries in ZBrain Builder to provide AI models with concise, meaningful context.

    How to create a summary of the file?

    1. Click on the ‘File Summary’ tab.

    Azure Communication Services

    Integrate Azure Communication Services with ZBrain to enable voice, video, chat, SMS, and email interactions via AI APIs.

    The Azure Communication Services piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Microsoft's cloud communication platform, allowing you to send emails directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to automate email communications without manual intervention. This piece is ideal for organizations looking to streamline their email processes, automate routine communications, and ensure reliable message delivery as part of their broader business workflows.

    How to Use Azure Communication Services in ZBrain Flow

    Configuration Steps:

    Data Mapper

    Transform and map data between different formats within your workflows using the ZBrain Data Mapper to ensure seamless API integrations.

    Data Mapper is a tool in ZBrain Flow designed to manipulate data structures by transforming and mapping data from one format to another. It helps streamline data processing, ensuring seamless integration between different systems and workflows.

    To integrate Data Mapper with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Data Mapper in ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow.

    Hacker News

    Integrate Hacker News in ZBrain flows to fetch and utilize specific post data in order to trigger context-aware automations and workflow decisions.

    Hacker News Component

    The Hacker News is a popular cybersecurity publication for IT professionals seeking actionable insights. This component retrieves the latest top stories from Hacker News.

    Binance

    Connect the Binance crypto exchange to your ZBrain Flow to automatically get current market data and account information.

    The Binance piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Binance's cryptocurrency exchange platform, allowing you to access real-time market data directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to retrieve current cryptocurrency prices and trading information without requiring manual checks or custom API code. With Binance integration, you can build automations that monitor crypto markets, perform calculations using current rates, and incorporate live market data into your business processes. This piece is ideal for financial workflows, portfolio management, and any automation that requires up-to-date cryptocurrency information.

    How to Use Binance in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Binance as Your Connection

    Click ‘Save’ to store the connection.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Amazon Textract.
  • Select Amazon Textract.

  • From the sidebar, open the connection dropdown.

  • Click on ‘Create Connection.’

  • Step 2: Setting Up the Amazon Textract Connection

    To establish a connection between Amazon Textract and ZBrain Flow, enter the following details:

    1. Connection Name: Provide a unique and recognizable name for the connection.

    2. Access Key ID: Give your AWS authentication credential that identifies your AWS account. This is required to establish a secure connection to the Textract service.

    3. Secret Access Key: Enter the secret access key, which is the private key paired with your Access Key ID that authenticates requests to Amazon Textract. This should be kept secure.

    4. Endpoint: This is an optional field for specifying a custom endpoint. AWS maintains default endpoints for each service in each region (like textract.us-east-1.amazonaws.com for the US East region)

    5. Region: Specify the AWS geographic region where your Textract service is hosted. Select the appropriate region from the dropdown to ensure optimal performance and compliance.

    Save the Connection: Once you enter all details, click on the ‘Save’ button to complete the setup and establish the connection.

    Step 3: Input the Document

    • Upload the input document for text extraction. It supports multiple formats, including JPEG, PNG, PDF, and TIFF.

    Step 4: Enable Return Blocks (Optional)

    Toggle ‘Return Blocks’ to extract structured data. When enabled, Amazon Textract returns text as an array of Block objects, preserving document structure, including words, lines, tables, and key-value pairs.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Azure Communication Services.

  • Select Azure Communication Services.

  • The primary action available is:

    • Send Email – Deliver email messages through Azure's communication infrastructure.

  • If this is your first time connecting to Azure Communication Services, you'll first need to create your Azure Communication Services connection. For this:

    • Click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the popup window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Azure connection

      • In the 'Connection string' field, paste your Azure Communication Services connection string

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

  • Next, specify sender and recipient information in the respective ‘Sender Email (From)’ and ‘To’ fields. Click ‘Add Item’ in the ‘To’ field if you need to send the email to multiple individuals.

  • Optionally set additional options like ‘CC’, ‘BCC’, and ‘Reply To’ addresses. To include multiple recipients in the CC or BCC fields, click ‘Add Item’ for each additional address.

  • In the 'Subject' field, enter the email subject line.

  • From the 'Content Type' dropdown, select the format of your email:

    • 'HTML' - for rich formatting with HTML tags

    • 'Text' - for plain text emails

  • In the 'Content' field, enter the body of your email:

    • If you selected HTML, you can use HTML tags for formatting (headings, lists, links, etc.)

    • If you selected Text, enter plain text without formatting

  • Advanced Mapping

    Transforms data from one format to another by defining mappings.

    How to Configure Advanced Mapping in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Enter the Mapping Content in JSON format to define how data should be transformed.

    2. Click the 'f' button to add dynamic values where needed.

    How to Connect Hacker News Component to ZBrain Flow?

    To integrate the Hacker News component with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps to select and utilize the desired capabilities:

    1. Search for the Hacker News Component: Search the Hacker News component within the ZBrain interface.

    2. Select the Required Capability: Search for the desired capability, such as Fetch top stories.

    Required Fields to Fetch Top Stories

    1. Number of Stories - Specify the number of top stories to fetch.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Binance.

  • Select Binance.

  • The primary action available is:

    • Fetch Pair Price – Retrieve the current exchange rate between two cryptocurrencies.

  • Step 2: Configure Your Price Query

    • In the 'First Coin Symbol' field, enter the base cryptocurrency you want information about. Example: "BTC" for Bitcoin, "ETH" for Ethereum.

    • In the 'Second Coin Symbol' field, enter the quote currency you want the price in. Example: "USDT" for Tether, "BTC" for Bitcoin.

    After configuring your Binance query, the current market price will be returned, which can be referenced in subsequent steps of your ZBrain Flow. This data typically includes the current exchange rate between the two specified cryptocurrencies.

    Bonjoro

    Dynamically fetch external service connections in ZBrain flows using connection IDs for flexible workflow automation.

    The Bonjoro piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Bonjoro's personalized video messaging platform, allowing you to automate the creation of personalized video tasks within your workflows. This connector enables you to set up video greeting tasks for your team members to record and send to customers, prospects, or team members. This piece is ideal for businesses looking to add a personal touch to their communication processes and strengthen relationships through authentic video interactions.

    How to Use Bonjoro in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Bonjoro as Your Connection

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Bonjoro.

    • Select Bonjoro.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

      • Create a Greet – Generate a new greet in Bonjoro.

      • Custom API Call – Send a tailored API request to a specified endpoint.

    How to Generate a New Greet in Bonjoro

    Step 1: Connect to Bonjoro

    • From the ‘Connection' dropdown, click on 'Create connection.’

    • When creating a new connection, a new window appears where you give a unique name to your connection and provide your Bonjoro API credentials. Then click ‘Save.’

    Step 2: Define Task Details

    • In the 'Note' field, enter instructions or context for the person recording the video.

    • In the 'Email' field, enter the recipient's email address where the video will be sent.

    • In the 'First Name' field, enter the recipient's first name for personalization.

    • In the 'Last Name' field, optionally enter the recipient's last name.

    Step 3: Assign and Categorize

    • Select the assignee in the ‘Assignee’ field.

    • Choose the campaign from the ‘Campaign’ dropdown.

    • From the 'Template' dropdown, select which message template to use for the video email.

    Step 4: Add Custom Data (Optional)

    • In the 'Custom Attributes' field, add any additional JSON data to include with the task.

    How to Send a Tailored API Request to a Specified Endpoint

    Step 1: Connect to Bonjoro

    • To connect to your Bonjoro account, follow the first step in the "How to Generate a New Greet in Bonjoro" section above.

    Step 2: Specify the API Endpoint

    • In the 'URL' field, enter the Bonjoro API base URL with the specific endpoint you want to access.

    Step 3: Select Request Method

    • From the 'Method' dropdown, choose the appropriate HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, etc.). Different endpoints require different methods according to the Bonjoro API documentation.

    Step 4: Configure Headers (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Headers' section to add any custom headers. Note that authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    Step 5: Add Query Parameters (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Query Parameters' section to add URL parameters. These are useful for filtering, pagination, or specific data requests.

    Step 6: Provide Request Body (Optional)

    • For POST, PUT, or PATCH requests, enter the JSON data to send. This should follow the structure specified in the Bonjoro API documentation.

    Step 7: Set Error Handling (Optional)

    • Enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the API request fails.

    • Set a 'Timeout' value in seconds to limit the request duration.

    CSV

    ZBrain CSV component guide to efficiently load and use CSV data in AI Agent workflows for structured and streamlined automation.

    CSV (Comma-separated Values) is a simple file format used to store tabular data, such as a spreadsheet or database. In a CSV file, each line of text represents a row of data, and values within each row are separated by commas (or sometimes other delimiters like semicolons or tabs).

    How to Connect CSV to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select CSV as Your Connection

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for CSV.

    • Select CSV.

    • Decide on the action you need. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

      • Convert CSV to JSON – Converts a CSV string into a JSON array.

      • Convert JSON to CSV – Converts a JSON array into CSV format.

    How to convert CSV to JSON?

    Step 1: Enter Your CSV Data

    In the ‘CSV Text’ field, paste or input your CSV content. This is the CSV data you want to convert into JSON format.

    Step 2: Configure Headers Setting

    Select whether your CSV data includes headers in the ‘Does the CSV have headers?’ dropdown.

    Step 3: Specify the Delimiter Type

    From the ‘Delimiter Type’ dropdown, select the character that separates values in your CSV:

    • Comma (,) - most common CSV format

    • Tab - tab-separated values

    How to convert JSON to CSV?

    Step 1: Enter Your JSON Array

    In the ‘JSON Array’ field, input your JSON data. The input must be a valid JSON array containing objects.

    Step 2: Specify the Delimiter Type

    From the ‘Delimiter Type’ dropdown, select the character that will separate values in your CSV output:

    • Comma - standard CSV format using commas to separate values

    • Tab - tab-separated values

    Google Search

    Use the Google Search component in ZBrain Flow to automatically perform a search an get a list of results.

    Google Search is a web search engine provided by Google. It enables users to quickly retrieve relevant information from billions of web pages by indexing and ranking content based on user queries, making it ideal for research, information discovery, and accessing the latest online content.

    How to Configure Google Search to ZBrain Flow?

    To integrate Google Search with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Google Search in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Provide the API Key value. Get your API Key from Settings > My Account in your ZBrain account. The authentication key is required to connect to the Google Search or SERP API. It verifies your account and grants access to the search service.

    • To create a connection, click on the Create a new connection from the Connection field.

    • Provide a connection name in the Connection Name field.

    • Provide the API Key value.

    • Save the connection.

    • Enter the query to search for in the Search Query field. The term or phrase you want to look up. This field defines what information you’re trying to retrieve from Google Search.

    • Select the country from the Country drop-down to specify the country or region to tailor search results. This helps you get more localized or relevant content.

    • Select the search type you want from the Search Type drop-down. It defines the category of results to retrieve (e.g., web pages, images, or news). Selecting a specific type narrows the search to that content format.

    • Additional query parameters you can add to refine or filter search results (e.g., language settings, safe search options) by providing values in Google Search Parameters. This ensures the returned data aligns more closely with your requirements.

    :
    The editable display name of your knowledge base enables you to update it to reflect its purpose or usage context better.
  • Description: Add or update a brief summary that describes the purpose and scope of the knowledge base.

  • RAG definition: Displays the retrieval method selected during knowledge base setup (e.g., Vector store, Knowledge graph ). This setting is fixed after creation and cannot be modified.

  • Vector store / Graph store: This section reflects the storage type selected based on your RAG definition:

    • If vector store is selected, the interface displays the configured vector store engine (e.g., Economical).

    • If knowledge graph is selected instead, this section will show the corresponding graph store configuration.

    • File Store: Displays the selected storage option for managing knowledge base documents or structured data relationships. This setting is fixed after creation and cannot be modified.

    • Embedding model: Displays the embedding model chosen during setup (e.g., text-embedding-3-large). This configuration is locked and cannot be changed from the settings panel.

    • Retrieval settings: Offers flexible, editable controls to customize data retrieval during queries (e.g., Top-K, Score Threshold).

    After reviewing and adjusting the necessary fields, click the ‘Update’ button to save and apply your changes. These updates will take effect immediately and reflect across all associated systems and workflows.

    User management

    To configure access permissions for your knowledge base, navigate to the user management section:

    1. Select an access mode using the radio buttons:

      • Custom: Restrict access to specific users

      • Everyone: Grant access to all users in your organization

    2. If you selected custom:

      • Use the search field to find specific users

      • Enter a name in "Search Builder"

      • Select users from the results to add them to your access list

    This interface allows you to control exactly who can access and modify this knowledge base.

    Next, select an appropriate model from the available options and press the 'Summarize Document' button.

  • You will then receive a summarized version of your file or document. If you are not satisfied with the summary, you can create a new one by clicking the 'New Summary' button. Additionally, you have the option to download or delete the file.

  • Retrieval testing

    Learn how ZBrain’s retrieval testing validates query performance by ranking chunks, monitoring results, and ensuring accurate, context-aware AI responses.

    Retrieval testing is used to identify similar chunks in response to a query, determining which data chunks will be processed by the language model. Users can submit queries related to the data stored in the knowledge base. The system then retrieves relevant chunks of information, ranking them based on how well they match the user's query. The most relevant chunk, with the highest matching score, is displayed first, followed by chunks with lower scores.

    By analyzing the returned chunks, users can assess how well the LLM interprets and retrieves relevant information for various queries.

    1. To perform retrieval testing, navigate to the ‘Retrieval Testing’ tab. Enter a query related to your data in the provided text box, and click the ‘Test’ button to execute the test.

    1. You will be provided with a retrieval result, which is an array of chunks from the knowledge base.

    1. You can find a minimum matching score for chunks to filter search results based on relevance.

    2. In the History section, you can view logs of previous queries and interactions. These logs include details such as the source, text, date, and time of each interaction.

    Monitor retrieval test queries

    Monitoring retrieval test queries helps validate the quality and performance of your Knowledge Base under real-world conditions. By applying monitoring metrics, such as Health Check or Response Latency, you can verify that retrieved chunks are accurate, timely, and aligned with enterprise expectations before moving to production.

    You can initiate monitoring directly from the History view in Knowledge Base Retrieval Testing. This reduces navigation steps and preloads query details into the monitoring module for faster validation.

    To configure monitoring:

    • Select a particular knowledge base and click Retrieval Testing

    • Navigate to the History table

    • For each test query entry in the table, you can view the Retrieval Result with a Monitor button in the right panel

    • Click the 'Monitor' button next to the test query you want to evaluate.

    • Go to the Monitor module and configure the monitoring metrics.

    Key elements of a Flow

    Learn how ZBrain Flows use components to automate workflows—discover how to configure events, define tasks, and build logic for apps and agents

    A Flow is composed of two essential elements: Triggers and Actions. These elements work together to automate processes, ensuring that workflows are initiated and executed based on defined conditions.

    1. Trigger

    A trigger is the starting point of a Flow, determining when and how frequently the Flow is executed. It sets the conditions or events that activate the Flow, ensuring it runs at the right time or in response to specific actions.

    Types of Triggers:

    • Schedule Trigger: Executes the Flow at a specified time or on a recurring schedule, such as daily, weekly, or hourly.

    • Webhook Trigger: Activates the Flow in response to an external signal, like receiving an HTTP request or a data submission from an external application.

    • Event Trigger: Starts the Flow based on specific events, such as user actions, data updates, or events from external services.

    Trigger Configuration:

    Triggers can be customized to meet specific requirements, such as:

    • Setting time intervals for schedule-based triggers.

    • Defining API endpoints for webhook triggers.

    • Specifying event parameters for event-based triggers.

    2. Action

    An action represents a specific task or operation that is executed once the Flow is triggered. Actions define what happens after the trigger event occurs, and they are the building blocks of the workflow. They are responsible for executing the desired operations and achieving the objectives of the Flow.

    Types of Actions:

    • Data Processing: Manipulates or processes data, such as transforming, filtering, or enriching datasets.

    • Communication: Facilitates interaction by sending emails, notifications, or messages to users or systems.

    • Integration: Connects with external applications or services to retrieve, update, or send data.

    • Decision-m

    Key Characteristics of Actions:

    • Sequential Execution: Actions are executed in a defined order based on the workflow logic, ensuring that each step is carried out in the correct sequence.

    • Flexibility: Multiple actions can be combined to handle complex workflows, enabling more advanced automation.

    • Outcome-driven: Each action contributes to a specific objective, such as updating a database, generating a report, or integrating with an API.

    By combining well-configured triggers and strategically designed actions, Flows empower users to create complex business logic for developing GenAI-powered apps that automate processes, optimize workflows, and deliver consistent, impactful outcomes.

    Amazon SQS

    Connect Amazon SQS to your ZBrain Flow to automatically send and receive from AWS SQS queues as part of your automated workflows

    The Amazon SQS (Simple Queue Service) piece in ZBrain Flow allows you to send messages to AWS SQS queues as part of your automated workflows. It helps you manage reliable, scalable communication between distributed systems without needing to handle complex message broker infrastructure. By adding this connector to your flow, you can queue messages for downstream services or workers to process asynchronously.

    This is useful for use cases like task scheduling, batch processing, decoupled microservices, and any workflow that involves passing data between services in a controlled, fault-tolerant way.

    How to Use Amazon SQS in ZBrain Flow

    Select Amazon SQS (Send Message) as Your Action

    1. In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button and search for Amazon SQS.

    2. Select Amazon SQS (Send Message) from the list.

    Set Up the Amazon SQS Connection

    Before using the piece, you need to create a secure connection to your AWS account.

    To create the connection:

    1. In the ‘Connection’ dropdown, click ‘Create Connection’.

    2. In the pop-up window, fill in the following details:

      • Connection Name: A label for this connection (e.g., Amazon SQS)

      • Access Key ID: Your AWS access key

    To find the correct region, refer to this document, “”.

    Send a Message to an SQS Queue

    Once your connection is configured:

    1. In the ‘Queue URL’ field, enter the full URL of your target SQS queue.

    2. In the ‘Message Body’ field, enter the message you want to send. This can be plain text or JSON, depending on what your consumer service expects.

    Information schema

    Learn how to create an information schema in ZBrain Builder to transform unstructured data into structured, queryable insights that power analysis and decision-making.

    The information schema is used to create structured data from unstructured data like PDF files, text files etc. This structured information provides insights into important information from large files with the help of LLM models, which can be used for decision-making and querying the bot.

    The steps to create and use information schema are as follows -

    1. From the available knowledge bases, select one to create an information schema.

    2. Navigate to the Information Schema tab and click the ‘+Add New’ button.

    1. Click on the ‘+ Add New’ button to open a panel. Here, you can enter a new schema name, select the desired LLM, and choose one of the following options:

      • Fill the column against every page in the file

      • Fill the column against every chunk in the file

      Select your preferred option and click ‘Add’ to proceed.

    1. Click the ‘+’ button to add the column details you want to extract from the unstructured data. In the panel, provide a column name, choose the data type (either text or integer), and enter a prompt to retrieve the data. Once you've entered all the details, click Add. If needed, you can add multiple columns by clicking the ‘+’ button for each one.

    1. Click the ‘Run Schema’ button at the top right to execute the information schema you have created. Once the run is completed, you can view the results. With the information schema results, you will be able to query data using both the knowledge base and the newly created information schema.

    1. Click the ‘Delete Schema’ button to remove the schema you created.

    Constant Contact

    Use the Constant Contact connection in ZBrain Flow to automatically manage your email lists and contacts for your marketing campaigns

    Constant Contact is an online marketing platform that enables businesses to create and manage email campaigns, automate customer engagement, and track performance with analytics. It provides tools for contact management, social media marketing, and e-commerce integration. Businesses use it to streamline communication, nurture leads, and enhance customer relationships.

    How to Integrate Constant Contact with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Constant Contact with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Type "Constant Contact" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

    3. Choose an action to begin the setup process.

    How to Create a Connection for Constant Contact in ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Constant Contact and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    2. Click ‘Connect’ – Initiate the authentication process.

    3. Log in to Constant Contact – A pop-up window will appear for login credentials.

    4. Grant Permissions – Approve the necessary permissions for ZBrain Flow to access Constant Contact.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Constant Contact to automate contact management and perform API-based actions.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create or Update Contact

    This action allows you to create a new contact or update an existing one in Constant Contact.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the contact list where the contact should be added.

    • Provide the email address of the contact.

    • Enter the first and last name of the contact.

    2. Custom API Call

    This action allows users to perform advanced operations by interacting directly with the Constant Contact API.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the API URL – Use the full URL or a relative path to the base URL.

    3. Select the HTTP Method based on your desired action:

      • GET – Retrieve contact or campaign details.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Contiguity

    Connect the Contiguity SMS service with ZBrain Flow to automate sending real-time SMS notifications, alerts, and marketing messages.

    Contiguity SMS is a messaging service that enables businesses to send SMS notifications, alerts, and updates to customers in real-time. It provides a reliable communication channel with features such as message customization, international number support, and API integration for automated messaging. Businesses use Contiguity SMS for marketing campaigns, customer support, and transactional notifications.

    How to Integrate Contiguity with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Contiguity with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. In the search bar, type "Contiguity" and select it from the available options.

    3. Choose an action from the list to begin the setup process.

    How to Connect Contiguity to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Contiguity and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter Connection Details

    • Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    • API Key – Enter the authentication key for secure access.

    2. Obtain the API Key from Contiguity

    Follow these steps to retrieve your API key:

    1. Log in to your Contiguity account.

    2. Navigate to the Dashboard.

    3. Go to the API Settings section.

    4. Generate a new API key or copy an existing one.

    Once you have the API key, use it to authenticate API requests.

    3. Save the Connection

    Click ‘Save’ to finalize the connection.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    1. Send SMS

    This action allows users to send SMS messages directly through Contiguity.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the recipient's phone number – Use the international format without spaces (e.g., +12065551234).

    • Enter the message content – Provide the text to be sent via SMS.

    2. Custom API Call

    This action enables users to execute API requests, such as retrieving, creating, updating, or deleting records.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the URL – Specify the API endpoint required for the request.

    • Choose the HTTP Method that matches your request type:

      • GET – Retrieve records or details.

    Azure Translation

    Enable multilingual capabilities for your ZBrain AI agent flows by integrating Azure Translation into your custom workflows.

    The Azure Translation piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Microsoft's AI-powered translation service, allowing you to convert text and documents between languages directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to automate language translation without manual intervention. With Azure Translation integration, you can build automations that process multilingual content, localize materials, enable cross-language communication, and break down language barriers in your business processes. This piece is ideal for organizations working in multiple regions, handling international communications, or needing to process content in various languages as part of their automated workflows.

    How to Use Azure Translation in ZBrain Flow?

    Select Azure Translation as Your Connection

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Azure Translation.

    • Select Azure Translation.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

      • Translate Text – Convert text content from one language to another.

    How to Connect to Azure Translation Services

    Before using any Azure Translation actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Azure Translator resource. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access language translation services securely.

    To create your Azure Translation connection:

    • From any Azure Translation action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the popup window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Azure connection

      • In the 'Translator Endpoint' field, enter the endpoint URL for your Azure Translator resource

    To obtain your Azure Translator credentials:

    1. Log in to the Azure Portal

    2. Navigate to your Azure Translator resource

    3. Go to the "Keys and Endpoint" section in the left sidebar

    4. Copy the endpoint URL and one of the access keys (Key 1 or Key 2)

    How to Translate Text Between Languages

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Translation Services following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Translation Services" section.

    • In the 'Text' field, enter the content you want to translate. This can be a sentence, paragraph, or longer text.

    • In the 'Target Language' field, enter the language code for the desired output language. Examples: 'es' for Spanish, 'fr' for French, 'de' for German, 'ja' for Japanese.

    • In the 'Source Language' field, optionally specify the language code of your input text. If left empty, Azure will automatically detect the source language. Specifying the source language can improve accuracy in some cases.

    How to Translate Documents in Different Languages

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Translation Services following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Translation Services" section.

    • In the 'Document URL' field, enter the web address where your document is accessible. This must be a publicly accessible URL that Azure can download from.

    • In the 'Target Language' field, enter the language code for the desired output language.

    • In the 'Source Language' field, optionally specify the language code of your document.

    Crypto

    Use the Certopus connection in ZBrain Flow to automatically create and issue digital certificates and credentials.

    Crypto functions in ZBrain Flow allow users to perform essential cryptographic operations, including hashing, generating HMAC signatures, and creating strong passwords. These actions help ensure data security, authentication, and encryption when processing sensitive information.

    How to Integrate Crypto with ZBrain Flow?

    To use Crypto in ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    1. Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Crypto.

    2. Select the specific Crypto action you want to configure.

    3. Choose from the following available actions:

      • Text to Hash: Convert text into a hash value using various hashing algorithms.

      • Generate HMAC Signature: Encrypt text using a secret key and hashing algorithms.

      • Generate Password: Create a secure, random password with customizable length and character sets.

    Text to Hash

    The Text to Hash action converts a given text string into a hashed value using cryptographic hash functions. Hashing is commonly used for password storage, data integrity verification, and digital signatures.

    How to Configure Text to Hash in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Select the hashing algorithm from the available options:

      • MD5 – A widely used cryptographic hash function that generates a 128-bit hash.

      • SHA256 – A more secure hashing function generating a 256-bit hash, commonly used in blockchain and encryption.

      • SHA512 – A stronger cryptographic function that produces a 512-bit hash value.

    Generate HMAC Signature

    The Generate HMAC Signature action creates a cryptographic hash-based message authentication code (HMAC). This is used to verify the integrity and authenticity of a message using a secret key. HMAC is commonly used in API authentication, digital signatures, and secure data transmission.

    How to Configure Generate HMAC Signature in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Enter the secret key in the Secret Key field. This key is used to sign the message securely.

    2. Select the secret key encoding format from the available options:

      • UTF-8 – Standard encoding for text data.

      • Hex – Represents the key in hexadecimal format.

    Generate Password

    The Generate Password action creates a strong, random password with a defined length and character set. This is useful for enhancing security by generating unpredictable passwords for authentication, encryption, and system access.

    How to Configure Generate Password in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Enter the desired password length (Maximum up to 256 characters).

    2. Choose the character set for the password generation:

      • Alphanumeric – Generates a password containing letters and numbers (A-Z, a-z, 0-9).

      • Alphanumeric + Symbols – Generates a more complex password including special characters (e.g., !@#$%^&*).

    Amazon SNS

    Integrate Amazon SNS (Simple Notification Service) with ZBrain Flow to send messages and trigger notifications in your cloud workflows.

    The Amazon SNS (Simple Notification Service) piece in ZBrain Flow allows you to send messages directly to SNS topics as part of your automated workflows. This integration enables seamless communication between your business systems and any subscribed services or endpoints, including email, SMS, mobile push, and other AWS services. By incorporating this piece into a flow, you can trigger real-time notifications or updates based on workflow events, without writing custom backend code.

    This connector is useful for scenarios such as system alerts, status updates, user notifications, and any workflow that requires instant broadcasting of messages to distributed services or users via AWS SNS.

    How to Use Amazon SNS in ZBrain Flow

    Select Amazon SNS (Send Message) as Your Action

    1. In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button and search for Amazon SNS.

    2. Select Amazon SNS (Send Message) from the list of available actions.

    Set Up the Amazon SNS Connection

    Before using Amazon SNS, you need to configure a connection with your AWS account. This setup is required once and can be reused across flows.

    To create a new connection:

    1. In the Connection dropdown, click ‘Create Connection’.

    2. In the pop-up window that appears, fill in the following fields:

      • Connection Name: A label to identify this connection (e.g., Amazon SNS)

      • Access Key ID: Your AWS access key with SNS permissions

    Note: You can find your credentials in the AWS Management Console under IAM > Users > Security credentials. Refer to this document to find the correct region. -

    How to Send a Message to an SNS Topic

    Once your connection is configured:

    1. In the ‘Topic’ field, select the SNS topic you want to send the message to.

    2. In the Message field, enter the content you want to send. This can be plain text or structured data (e.g., JSON) depending on how your subscribers are set up to receive messages.

    Approval

    Add manual approval steps into your automations with the ZBrain Approval component to ensure human oversight on critical tasks.

    Approval in ZBrain Flow is a workflow tool for managing approvals and permissions. It allows users to create approval requests, generate approval links, and pause flows until a decision is made, ensuring seamless process control and authorization handling.

    How to Integrate Approval with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the “+” button in the Flow: Open your ZBrain Flow and click the plus sign to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Approval”: Type “Approval” in the search bar to see the available approval-related actions.

    3. Choose the Desired Task: Select the approval function that fits your workflow requirements.

    Tasks You Can Perform with Approval

    • Wait for Approval: Pauses the workflow and waits for a user to approve or reject a request before proceeding.

    • Create Approval Links: Generates approval links that can be shared externally without pausing the flow, allowing for asynchronous decision-making.

    Wait for Approval

    Pauses the workflow and waits for a user to approve or reject a request before proceeding.

    How to Configure Wait for Approval in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Add the Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

      • Search for “Approval” and select Wait for Approval from the available options.

    2. Place in the Workflow

    Create Approval Links

    Generates approval links that can be shared externally without pausing the flow, allowing for asynchronous decision-making.

    How to Configure Create Approval Links in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Add the Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

      • Search for “Approval” and select Create Approval Links from the available options.

    2. Place in the Workflow

    Bubble

    Bubble: Connect your Bubble apps to ZBrain Flow to automatically create, find, or update items in your app's database.

    The Bubble piece in ZBrain Flow enables seamless integration with Bubble applications, allowing you to automate data management and interact with your Bubble database effortlessly. With this connector, you can create, update, delete, and retrieve data objects (Things) directly within your workflows. This integration simplifies communication with your Bubble backend, eliminating the need for custom API setups.

    How to Use Bubble in ZBrain Flow

    1. Click on the ‘+’ button in the Flow, search for ‘Bubble,’ and select it.

    2. Choose the required action from the available options:

      • ‘Create Thing’ – Add a new data object.

      • ‘Delete Thing’ – Remove an existing thing.

      • ‘Update Thing’ – Modify an existing thing.

      • ‘Get Thing’ – Retrieve a specific thing by its ID.

    How to Create a Thing in Bubble

    1. In the ‘Typename’ field, enter the name of the Bubble data type you want to create.

    2. In the ‘Body’ section, provide the key-value pairs for the fields you want to populate.

    How to Delete a Thing in Bubble

    1. In the ‘Typename’ field, enter the name of the Bubble data type you want to delete.

    2. In the ‘Thing ID’ field, provide the unique ID of the item to be deleted.

    How to Update a Thing in Bubble

    1. In the ‘Typename’ field, enter the name of the Bubble data type you want to update.

    2. In the ‘Thing ID’ field, provide the unique ID of the item to be updated.

    3. In the ‘Body’ section, define the fields and values you want to update.

    How to Retrieve a Thing in Bubble

    1. In the ‘Typename’ field, enter the name of the Bubble data type you want to retrieve.

    2. In the ‘Thing ID’ field, provide the unique ID of the item you want to fetch.

    How to List Things in Bubble

    1. In the ‘Typename’ field, enter the name of the Bubble data type you want to retrieve a list from.

    2. (Optional) Add constraints:

      • In the ‘Constraint’ field, define filtering conditions.

      • In the ‘Field’ section, specify the data field to apply the constraint.

    Brilliant Directories

    Integrate Brilliant Directories with ZBrain to automate membership management, content updates, and directory workflows

    The Brilliant Directories piece in ZBrain Flow enables seamless integration with your Brilliant Directories site, allowing you to automate user management and interact with the platform via API calls. With this connector, you can create new users, manage memberships, and execute custom API calls, streamlining directory-based workflows. Whether you're handling user registrations or performing advanced API operations, Brilliant Directories integration helps automate these tasks efficiently.

    How to Use Brilliant Directories in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Brilliant Directories as Your Connection

    1. Click on the ‘+’ button in the Flow and search for ‘Brilliant Directories’.

    2. Select Brilliant Directories.

    3. Choose the required action from the available options:

      • Create New User – Add a new user to your Brilliant Directories site.

      • Custom API Call – Make a request to a specific API endpoint for custom operations.

    Create a New User in Brilliant Directories

    Step 1: Create a Connection

    1. In the 'Connection' dropdown, click on 'create connection'.

    2. A window will appear, prompting you to enter connection details:

      • Provide a unique name in the 'Connection Name' field.

      • In the 'API Key' field, enter your API key which can be generated from here:

    • Click 'Save' to establish the connection.

    Step 2: Configure User Details

    1. Enter the user’s email in the 'Email' field.

    2. Set a password for the new user account in the 'Password' field.

    3. Provide the subscription ID from your website in the 'Subscription ID' field.

    4. If needed, add extra user details in the 'Meta' field.

    Make a Custom API Call in Brilliant Directories

    Step 1: Create a Connection

    • Follow the instructions in the ‘Create a Connection’ section from ‘Create a New User in Brilliant Directories’ to set up the connection.

    Step 2: Configure API Request

    1. Select the HTTP method from the 'Method' dropdown.

    2. If needed, add headers by clicking 'Add Item' in the 'Headers' section (authorization headers are automatically injected from the connection).

    3. Add query parameters in the 'Query Parameters' field by clicking 'Add Item.'

    4. Enter the request body in the 'Body' field if required.

    Step 3: Set Additional Options

    1. Enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the request fails.

    2. Set the request timeout in the 'Timeout (in seconds)' field.

    How to update the existing knowledge base created with a knowledge graph?

    Learn how to update a ZBrain Knowledge Graph by adding or editing chunks, managing nodes, and refining metadata to keep your knowledge base accurate and current.

    You can update the existing knowledge base created with the knowledge graph as an RAG definition by adding a chunk to it.

    • Select the existing knowledge base created using a knowledge graph.

    • Click on the knowledge base file name.

    Azure Cosmos DB

    Integrate Azure Cosmos DB with ZBrain to manage vectorized data, enabling semantic search and context-aware AI workflows.

    The Azure Cosmos DB piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Microsoft's globally distributed, multi-model database service, allowing you to interact with your NoSQL data directly from your workflows. This powerful connector enables you to create, read, update, and delete documents without manual intervention. With Azure Cosmos DB integration, you can build automations that store application data, retrieve information based on queries, maintain document collections, and synchronize information between your database and other business systems. This piece is ideal for organizations looking to incorporate cloud-based NoSQL database operations into their automated processes, enabling scalable, high-performance data storage and retrieval for a wide range of applications.

    How to Use Azure Cosmos DB in ZBrain Flow

    Azure Document Intelligence

    Automate document analysis by integrating Azure Document Intelligence with ZBrain Flow to extract text, tables, and key-value pairs.

    The Azure Document Intelligence piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Microsoft's AI-powered document processing service, allowing you to extract information from various document types directly from your workflows. This powerful connector enables you to automate document analysis without manual intervention. With Azure Document Intelligence integration, you can build automations that extract structured data from documents, process invoices and receipts, analyze tables and forms, and convert unstructured documents into actionable data. This piece is ideal for organizations looking to streamline document processing, automate data entry, reduce manual handling of documents, and incorporate intelligent document extraction into their business processes.

    How to Use Azure Document Intelligence in ZBrain Flow

    Box

    Connect Box with ZBrain Flow to automate cloud file management, enabling you to upload, download, and organize documents seamlessly.

    Box is a cloud-based content management and file-sharing platform that enables businesses to securely store, access, and collaborate on files from anywhere.

    How to Integrate Box with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Box with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    Calendly

    Streamline your scheduling by integrating Calendly with ZBrain Flow to automate event management and booking workflows.

    The Calendly piece in ZBrain Flow enables seamless scheduling automation by integrating with your Calendly account. This component allows you to send custom API requests to Calendly, enabling operations such as retrieving events, scheduling meetings, and managing availability. With this integration, you can automate scheduling tasks directly within your workflows.

    How to Use Calendly in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Select Calendly as Your Connection

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Calendly. Select Calendly.

    Step 2: Create a Connection

    Clearout

    Integrate Clearout with ZBrain to validate email addresses, ensuring data accuracy and enhancing workflow efficiency.

    The Clearout piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Clearout's email verification platform, allowing you to validate email addresses directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to instantly check email deliverability, reduce bounce rates, and ensure email list quality without manual verification. With Clearout integration, you can build automation that verifies email addresses at critical points in your business processes, cleans contact lists, and maintains high-quality email databases. This piece is ideal for businesses looking to improve email deliverability, protect their sender reputation, and ensure they're communicating with valid contacts.

    How to Use Clearout in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Clearout as Your Connection

    Gmail

    Automate your email processes by integrating Gmail with ZBrain Flow to create drafts, manage labels, and send messages seamlessly.

    Gmail is a robust email service provided by Google. It enables users to send, receive, and manage emails efficiently with powerful spam filtering, advanced search capabilities, and seamless integration with other Google services, making it ideal for personal and professional communication and collaboration.

    To integrate Gmail with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Gmail in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below listed tasks:

    Connections

    Dynamically fetch external service connections in ZBrain flows using connection external IDs for flexible automation.

    Connections in ZBrain Flow facilitate seamless integration with external platforms, enabling users to securely retrieve and manage connection details. This feature is particularly beneficial when connection external IDs are dynamically received, such as through a webhook message. Instead of manually specifying a connection, this action allows you to dynamically fetch the appropriate connection based on the received external ID, ensuring greater flexibility and automation in your workflows.

    Finding the Connection External ID

    The external ID can be found on the connection settings page. Hover over the connection name to reveal and copy the external ID. This helps retrieve connection values using their external IDs from the project.

    Facebook Pages

    Integrate Facebook Pages with ZBrain to automate post creation and media uploads, enhancing audience engagement.

    Facebook Pages are public profiles designed for businesses, brands, organizations, and public figures to connect with their audience. Unlike personal profiles, Pages allow for content publishing, audience engagement, and advertising, making them essential for marketing and community building. With features like posts, events, insights, and messaging, Facebook Pages help businesses establish an online presence and interact with followers effectively.

    How to Integrate Facebook Pages with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    Apify

    Integrate Apify with ZBrain to run web scraping actors, fetch datasets, and embed actionable web data in workflows

    The Apify piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Apify's web scraping and automation platform, allowing you to extract data from websites and run web automation tasks directly from your workflows. This powerful connector enables you to leverage Apify's extensive library of web scrapers (called Actors) without manual intervention. With Apify integration, you can build automations that gather web data, run scheduled web scraping jobs, process extracted information, and incorporate web data into your business processes. This piece is ideal for organizations looking to automate data collection from websites, monitor online content, extract structured information from the web, and integrate web data into their digital ecosystem.

    How to use Apify in ZBrain flow?

    Delay

    Easily add a timed pause into your workflows with the ZBrain Delay component to ensure tasks run at the defined timings.

    The Delay piece in ZBrain Flow allows you to introduce timed pauses in your workflow execution. This essential component helps control the timing and pacing of your automation processes, whether you need to wait for a specific duration or until a particular date and time. By strategically incorporating delays, you can schedule actions, prevent API rate limiting, allow time for external processes to complete, or ensure your workflow executes at the optimal moment.

    How to Use Delay Piece in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Delay as Your Connection

    Files Helper

    Leverage ZBrain’s Files Helper to read, create, encode, and verify files, streamlining document processing in flows.

    The Files Helper piece in ZBrain Flow provides essential file management capabilities for your workflows. This versatile component allows you to read, create, and manipulate files within your automations. With Files Helper, you can process file contents, generate new files with custom data, convert file encodings, and verify file types - all crucial operations when building workflows that involve document processing, data transformation, or content generation.

    How to Use Files Helper in ZBrain Flow?

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Files Helper.

    GenerateBanners

    Use the GenerateBanners component in a workflow to automatically render a saved template, allowing you to create custom images

    GenerateBanners is an API-driven platform that allows users to create high-quality banners, images, and PDFs dynamically. It automates the design process by enabling users to customize templates, generate visuals programmatically, and streamline content creation. Ideal for marketing teams, e-commerce platforms, and branding purposes, GenerateBanners simplifies large-scale banner generation without manual design effort.

    How to Integrate GenerateBanners with ZBrain Flow

    To seamlessly integrate GenerateBanners with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    Google My Business

    Manage your Google Business Profile by integrating with ZBrain Flow to automate review responses, post creation, and local SEO workflows.

    Google My Business is a free tool from Google that allows businesses to manage their online presence across Google Search and Maps. It enables businesses to create and update profiles, engage with customers through reviews and messages, showcase products and services, and gain insights into customer interactions. This tool helps businesses improve their local visibility and connect with potential customers more effectively.

    How to Integrate Google My Business with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Google My Business with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    Flowise

    Build and deploy custom AI agents by integrating Flowise with ZBrain Flow to create powerful, conversational AI-driven workflows.

    Flowise is an open-source, low-code tool designed to help developers build customized applications using Large Language Models (LLMs). It provides a drag-and-drop interface to create and manage LLM orchestration flows and AI agents.

    How to Integrate Flowise with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Flowise, please follow these steps:

    1. Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow and search for Flowise.

    Code

    Build custom code for your ZBrain AI agent using code components, enhancing its core actions.

    The Code piece in ZBrain Flow provides powerful scripting capabilities that allow you to execute custom code within your workflows. This component enables advanced data manipulation, complex calculations, custom algorithms, and more services that may not be covered by standard components. With the Code piece, you can write custom logic in either JavaScript/TypeScript or Python, depending on your preference and requirements.

    How to Use the Code Piece in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Code as Your Connection

    Heartbeat

    The Heartbeat component lets you send a status update signal to an external URL from inside a long-running workflow.

    The Heartbeat component is an all-in-one platform for community businesses that helps monitor and alert.

    How to Connect Heartbeat Component to ZBrain Flow?

    To integrate Heartbeat with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps to select and utilize the desired capabilities:

    1. Search for the Heartbeat Component

    Frame

    Use the Frame component in ZBrain Flow to group and organize workflow steps, enhancing the clarity and structure of your automations.

    Frame is a cloud-based virtual desktop and application delivery platform that allows businesses to securely access and manage applications from anywhere. It provides a scalable, high-performance solution for remote work, enabling seamless application streaming and virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI).

    How to Integrate Frame with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Frame with ZBrain Flow:

    Formbricks

    Integrate the open-source survey tool Formbricks with ZBrain Flow to automate survey and feedback data collection workflows.

    Formbricks is an open-source form and survey platform that allows businesses to collect, analyze, and manage user feedback efficiently. It offers powerful customization options, seamless integrations, and real-time analytics to improve data-driven decision-making.

    How to Integrate Formbricks with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Formbricks with ZBrain Flow:

    Save the Connection – Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Add additional details such as:

    • Job title

    • Company name

    • Phone number

    POST – Create new contacts or email campaigns.

  • PATCH – Modify existing contact details.

  • PUT – Update email templates or lists.

  • DELETE – Permanently remove contacts or lists.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving data.

  • Add Headers – Define additional headers if required (authorization headers are automatically injected). Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

  • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests with filters or additional options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

  • Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

  • POST – Create new records or entries.

  • PATCH – Update existing records partially.

  • PUT – Replace complete records.

  • DELETE – Remove data permanently.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving the content.

  • Add Headers – Include any additional headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are already included. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more headers.

  • Add Query Parameters – Enhance API requests by adding query parameters to filter results or define specific criteria. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body – Input structured request data in JSON format for API calls that require a request body.

  • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define a timeout duration to prevent delays in processing.

  • Translate Document – Process entire document files into different languages.

    In the 'Translator Key' field, enter your authentication key for the Azure Translator service

  • From the 'Region' dropdown, select the geographic region where your Azure Translator resource is deployed

  • Click 'Save' to store this connection

  • Note the region where your translator resource is deployed
  • SHA3-512 – An advanced cryptographic hashing function offering better resistance to security vulnerabilities.

  • Enter the text that needs to be hashed in the Text input field.

  • Base64 – Encodes the key using Base64 format for easier transmission.

  • Choose the hashing algorithm for HMAC signature generation:

    • MD5 – Provides a 128-bit HMAC signature.

    • SHA256 – A more secure option that generates a 256-bit HMAC signature.

    • SHA512 – Provides an even stronger 512-bit HMAC signature.

  • Enter the text that needs to be hashed and signed.

    • Position the Wait for Approval step at the point in your flow where you need to pause execution until a decision is made.

  • Save and Activate

    • Since there are no additional parameters to configure, save your flow.

    • When the flow runs and reaches this step, it will pause until an approval action is taken.

  • Approval Process

    • Once triggered, an approval request is generated. The flow will remain on hold until someone approves or rejects the request.

    • After a decision is made, the flow resumes automatically.

    • Position the Create Approval Links step at the point in your flow where you need to generate approval links for external or asynchronous decision-making.

  • Save and Activate

    • Since there are no additional parameters to configure, save your flow.

    • When the flow runs and reaches this step, it will generate unique approval links that can be shared as needed.

  • Approval Process

    • Recipients can click the shared approval links to approve or reject the request.

    • Unlike a direct wait step, the flow will continue without pausing, allowing decision-makers to act conveniently.

  • ‘List Thing’ – Fetch a list of things based on type.

    In the ‘Value’ field, enter the matching value for the constraint.

  • In the ‘Start from’ field, enter the index number from where the list should begin.

  • In the ‘Limit’ field, specify the maximum number of items to retrieve.

  • Select Azure Cosmos DB as Your Connection
    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Azure Cosmos.

    • Select Azure Cosmos.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Create Item – Add new items to your Cosmos DB collections.

      • Read Item – Retrieve specific documents using their IDs.

      • List Items – Retrieve multiple documents from a collection.

      • Update Item – Modify existing documents by their ID.

      • Delete Item – Remove documents from your collections.

    How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB

    Before using any Azure Cosmos DB actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your database. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access your NoSQL data securely.

    To create your Azure Cosmos DB connection:

    • From any Azure Cosmos action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the popup window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Cosmos DB connection

      • In the 'Cosmos DB Endpoint' field, enter the URL of your Cosmos DB account

      • In the 'Cosmos DB Key' field, enter your primary or secondary access key

      • In the 'Database Name' field, enter the name of the specific database you want to access

      • In the 'Container Name' field, enter the name of the container (collection) within that database

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

    To obtain your Azure Cosmos DB credentials:

    1. Log in to the Azure Portal

    2. Navigate to your Azure Cosmos DB account

    3. Go to the "Keys" section in the left sidebar

    4. Copy the URI and Primary Key values

    5. On the Azure portal “Overview” page for your Azure Cosmos DB account, note the database and container names.

    How to Add Documents to Cosmos DB Collections

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Cosmos DB following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB" section.

    • In the 'Item' field, enter a JSON object representing the document you want to create.

    How to Retrieve Specific Documents from Cosmos DB

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Cosmos DB following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB" section.

    • In the 'Item ID' field, enter the unique identifier of the document you want to retrieve.

    How to List Items in Cosmos DB

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Cosmos DB following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB" section.

    • In 'Field', optionally enter a document property name to filter results. For example: "category", "status", or "location." Leave empty to retrieve all documents in the container.

    • In the 'Value' field, optionally enter the specific value to match in the field. For example: "electronics", "active", or "New York"

    • In the 'Operator' field, optionally specify the comparison method. For example, : '=', '>', '<', '>=', '<=', '!='

    How to Update Items in Cosmos DB

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Cosmos DB following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB" section.

    • In the 'Item ID' field, enter the unique identifier of the document you want to modify. This corresponds to the 'id' property of the document.

    • In the 'Item Data' field, enter a JSON object containing the fields and values you want to update.

    How to Remove Documents from Cosmos DB Collections

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Cosmos DB following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Cosmos DB" section.

    • In the 'Item ID' field, enter the unique identifier of the document you want to delete.

    Select Azure Document Intelligence as Your Connection
    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Azure Document Intelligence.

    • Select Azure Document Intelligence.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Document Analyze – Extract text and structure from general documents.

      • Analyze Document URL – Process documents from web URLs using specified models.

      • Analyze Invoice – Analyze invoice documents.

      • Analyze Receipt – Extract transaction details from receipts.

      • Analyze Document Table – Extract tabular data from documents.

    How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence

    In order to use any Azure Document Intelligence actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Azure service. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access document analysis capabilities securely.

    To create your Azure Document Intelligence connection:

    • From any Azure Document Intelligence action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the popup window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Azure connection

      • In the 'Document Endpoints' field, enter the endpoint URL for your Azure Document Intelligence resource

      • In the 'Document Key' field, enter your authentication key for accessing the service

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

    To obtain your Azure Document Intelligence credentials:

    1. Log in to the Azure Portal

    2. Navigate to your Document Intelligence resource (formerly Form Recognizer)

    3. Go to the "Keys and Endpoint" section in the left sidebar under the "Resource Management" section.

    4. Copy the endpoint URL and one of the keys (Key 1 or Key 2)

    How to Extract Data from General Documents

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Document Intelligence service following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence" section.

    • In the 'File URL' field, enter the web address where your document can be accessed. This must be a publicly accessible URL that Azure can download from.

    How to Analyze Documents Using Specialized Models

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Document Intelligence service following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence" section.

    • In the 'File URL' field, enter the web address where your document can be accessed.

    • From the 'Model ID' dropdown, select the specialized pre-built models that are optimized for specific document types. Each option represents a model that has been trained to recognize and extract information from a particular kind of document:

      • 'invoice' - Extracts vendor, customer, line items, totals, tax information from invoices

      • 'receipt' - Recognizes merchant details, items purchased, totals, tips from retail receipts

      • 'id document' - Extracts information from identity documents like driver's licenses and passports

      • 'business cards' - Captures contact details, company information, and titles from business cards

      • 'medical prescriptions' - Extracts medication details, dosage, and patient information from prescriptions

      • 'contract' - Identifies contract terms, parties involved, dates, and clauses

      • 'w2 form' - Extracts tax information from W-2 tax forms

    How to Extract Data from Business Invoices

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Azure Document Intelligence service following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence" section.

    • In the 'File URL' field, enter the web address where your invoice document can be accessed. This must be a publicly accessible URL that Azure can download from.

    How to Analyze Receipt

    To analyze a receipt, first connect to your Azure Document Intelligence service, following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence" section. Next, in the 'File URL' field, enter the web address where your receipt can be accessed.

    How to Analyze a Document Table

    To analyze a document table, first connect to your Azure Document Intelligence service, following the steps in the "How to Connect to Azure Document Intelligence" section. Next, in the 'File URL' field, enter the web address where your document table can be accessed.

    If you haven’t set up a connection yet, follow these steps:
    1. Click on ‘Create connection' in the 'Personal Token’ dropdown.

    2. A small window will appear where you need to fill in the following details:

      1. ‘Connection Name’ – Enter a unique name for the connection.

      2. ‘Personal Token’ – Go to Calendly API Webhooks, click on "Create New Token," copy the generated token, and paste it into this field.

    3. Click ‘Save’ to complete the connection setup.

    Step 3: Configure API Call Details

    • In the ‘URL’ field, enter https://api.calendly.com followed by the endpoint you want to use. Example: /models.

    • Choose the request method in the ‘Method’ field (GET, POST, etc.).

    • Click ‘Add Item’ in the ‘Headers’ field to include additional headers. (Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection).

    • Add query parameters in the ‘Query Parameters’ field if required.

    • Define the request body in the ‘Body’ field if needed.

    • Enable ‘No Error on Failure’ if you want the workflow to continue even if the request fails.

    • Set the ‘Timeout (in seconds)’ field to specify the request timeout duration.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Clearout.

  • Select Clearout.

  • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

    • Instant Verify – Check the validity and deliverability of an email address.

    • Custom API Call – Send a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

  • How to Validate Email Addresses Using Clearout in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Connect to Clearout

    • From the ‘Connection' dropdown, click on 'Create connection.’

    • If creating a new connection, provide:

      • A descriptive 'Connection Name'

      • Your 'API Token' from your Clearout account (found under Settings > API)

    • Click 'Save' to create the connection.

    Step 2: Specify Email to Verify

    • In the 'Email' field, enter the email address you want to validate.

    After configuration, this action will send the email address to Clearout's verification service and return detailed results about its validity.

    How to Send a Custom API Call to a Specific Endpoint

    Step 1: Connect to Clearout

    • To connect to your Clearout account, follow the first step in the "How to Validate Email Addresses Using Clearout in ZBrain Flow " section above.

    Step 2: Specify the API Endpoint

    • In the 'URL' field, enter the Clearout API base URL with the specific endpoint you want to access.

    Step 3: Select Request Method

    • From the 'Method' dropdown, choose the appropriate HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, etc.).

    Step 4: Configure Headers (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Headers' section to add any custom headers. Note that authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    Step 5: Add Query Parameters (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Query Parameters' section to add URL parameters.

    Step 6: Provide Request Body (Optional)

    • For POST, PUT, or PATCH requests, enter the JSON data to send in the 'Body' field.

    Step 7: Set Error Handling (Optional)

    • Enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the API request fails.

    • Set a 'Timeout' value in seconds to limit the request duration.

    Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

  • Send Email: Send an email through a Gmail account.

  • Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the URL. The URL refers to the specific endpoint of the API you want to interact with. This endpoint determines the resource or action the request will address (e.g., creating events, updating calendars, retrieving event details).

    • Choose the Method to be used for the API call.

    • Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection.

    • Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

    • Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

    Send Email

    Send an email through a Gmail account.

    How to Configure Send Email to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the receiver's email address in the Receiver Email (To) field.

    • If you want to copy a user, use the CC Email field and provide the email address.

    • Add the email address if required for the BCC Email field.

    • Provide the text for the Subject in the text box.

    • Select the format of the email from the Body Type drop-down.

    • Provide the content of the email in the Body field.

    • If you reply to an email, add the email id value in the Reply-To Email.

    • Provide the sender name in the Sender Name box.

    • Provide email ID in the Sender Email box.

    • Provide the required file you want to send as an attachment in the Attachment box.

    • Enable the Create draft button to save the email.

    How to Integrate Connectors with ZBrain Flow
    1. Add the "Connections" Component:

      • Click the ‘+’ Button in ZBrain Flow.

      • In the search bar, type "Connections" and select it from the available options.

    2. Choose an Action:

      • Select the desired action from the available options to configure it.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    1. Read Connection

    Retrieves a connection by name.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the Connection External ID – Provide the unique external ID of the connection to fetch details.

    Using the Retrieved Connection Data:

    • After testing the "Read Connection" step, you can access the retrieved connection data as dynamic values in subsequent steps.

    • Click the dynamic value insertion icon (often represented as (X) or similar) in the target field of the subsequent step.

  • Search for Facebook Pages and select the desired action.

  • How to Connect Facebook Pages to ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a recognizable name for your connection.

    2. Enter the Secret URL, Client ID, and Client Secret – These credentials are required to authenticate your Facebook Pages integration.

    How to Find Your Redirect URL, Client ID, and Client Secret:

    • Create or Open Your App:

      • Visit Facebook for Developers.

      • Log in and navigate to My Apps to select an existing app or create a new one.

    • Find the Client ID & Client Secret:

      • Go to Settings > Basic in your app's dashboard.

      • Locate your App ID (Client ID) and App Secret (Client Secret). Click ‘Show’ to reveal the secret key.

    • Obtain the Redirect URL:

      • Navigate to Facebook Login > Settings in the left sidebar.

      • Add your Valid OAuth Redirect URIs—this is the URL where Facebook will redirect users after authentication.

    1. Click ‘Connect’ to authenticate and authorize Facebook Pages.

    2. Click ‘Save’ to finalize the connection.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Page Post

    Publish a text post with an optional link on your Facebook Page.

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the Facebook Page where the post should be published.

    • Enter the message content.

    • Provide a link (optional).

    2. Create Page Photo

    Upload and post a photo on your Facebook Page.

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the Facebook Page where the photo should be uploaded.

    • Provide the photo URL (must be accessible online).

    • Input a caption for the photo.

    3. Create Page Video

    Upload and post a video on your Facebook Page.

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the Facebook Page where the video should be published.

    • Provide the video URL (must be accessible online).

      • Limit: Maximum file size of 1GB and video length of 20 minutes.

    • Input a title and description for the video.

    Select Apify as your connection
    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Apify.

    • Select Apify.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Get dataset items – Retrieve data extracted from Actor runs.

      • Get user's actors – List all available web scrapers in your Apify account.

      • Get last run details – Check the status and information about recent Actor executions.

      • Start an Apify actor – Launch a web scraper to collect data from websites.

    How to connect to the Apify platform

    Before using any Apify actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Apify account. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access your web scraping resources securely.

    To create your Apify connection:

    • From any Apify action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the pop-up window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Apify connection

      • In the 'API Key' field, enter your Apify API token

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

    To obtain your Apify API key:

    1. Log in to your Apify account

    2. Navigate to the "Settings" section

    3. Go to "API & Integrations"

    4. Copy your API token

    How to get the dataset items

    Configuration steps:

    • Connect to your Apify account following the steps in the "How to connect to the Apify platform" section.

    • In the 'The runid of the Actor (alphanumeric)' field, enter the dataset identifier for the Actor run results you want to retrieve. This is typically the defaultDatasetId from a completed Actor run.

    How to get the user's actors

    To get the user's actors, you simply need to connect to your Apify account following the steps in the "How to connect to the Apify platform" section.

    How to get the last run details

    Configuration steps:

    • Connect to your Apify account following the steps in the "How to connect to the Apify platform" section.

    • In the 'The id of the Actor (alphanumeric)' field, enter the identifier for the actor whose last run details you want to retrieve. This can be the actor's ID (alphanumeric string).

    How to start an Apify actor

    Configuration steps:

    • Connect to your Apify account following the steps in the "How to connect to the Apify platform" section.

    • In the 'The id or name of the Actor (alphanumeric)' field, enter the identifier for the actor you want to run. This can be the actor's ID (alphanumeric string) or the username.

    • In the 'JSON input' field, provide the configuration parameters for the actor in JSON format. If left blank, the actor will use its default settings.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Delay.

  • Select Delay.

  • Decide on the action you need. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

    • Delay For – Delays the execution of the next action for a specified duration.

    • Delay Until – Pauses your workflow until a specific date and time.

  • How to Create a Fixed Duration Delay?

    Step 1: Add Delay For Action

    • Choose the ‘Delay For’ action from the available options within ‘Delay’ piece.

    Step 2: Select Time Unit

    • From the ‘Unit’ dropdown, choose the appropriate time unit (e.g., Seconds, Minutes, Hours, Days)

    Step 3: Specify Amount

    • Enter the ‘Amount’ of time to delay in the selected unit.

    Important Note: The maximum delay duration per step is 30 days.

    How to Schedule a Timed Delay?

    Step 1: Add Delay Until Action

    • Select the ‘Delay Until’ action from the 'Delay' piece.

    Step 2: Set Target Date and Time

    • In the ‘Date and Time’ field, enter the specific moment when you want your flow to resume. This supports multiple formats, including ISO format (e.g., "2025-04-01T14:30:00Z").

    Important Note: The maximum delay duration per step is 30 days from the current time.

  • Select Files Helper.

  • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

    • Read File – Reads content from an existing file.

    • Create File – Generates a new file with specified content.

    • Change File Encoding – Converts a file from one encoding format to another.

    • Check File Type – Analyzes a file to determine its MIME type and optionally filter by type.

  • How to Read a File?

    Step 1: Select File

    • Use the ‘File’ field to add the file you want to read.

    Step 2: Choose Output Format

    • From the ‘Output format’ dropdown, select how you want the file content to be returned:

      • Text - Returns the content as plain text.

      • Base64 - Returns the content encoded in Base64 format.

    How to Create a File?

    Step 1: Specify Content

    • In the ‘Content’ field, enter or paste the data you want to include in the file.

    Step 2: Set File Name

    • Enter the desired ‘File name’ for your new file.

    Step 3: Choose Encoding

    • From the ‘Encoding’ dropdown, select the character encoding for your file. The default is UTF-8, which works well for most text-based files.

    How to Change File Encoding?

    Step 1: Select Source File

    • Use the ‘Source file’ field to add the file whose encoding you want to change.

    Step 2: Specify Source Encoding

    • From the ‘Source encoding’ dropdown, select the current encoding (e.g., UTF-16LE ) of your file.

    Step 3: Set Output File Name

    • Enter the desired ‘Output file name’ for the converted file. You can use the same name as the source file or create a new name.

    Step 4: Choose Output Encoding

    • From the ‘Output encoding’ dropdown, select the target encoding format (e.g., Binary).

    How to Check File Type?

    Step 1: Add File

    • Use the ‘File to Check’ field to add the file you want to analyze.

    Step 2: Specify MIME Types

    • From the ‘Select MIME Types’ dropdown, choose specific file types to match against. You can select multiple MIME types to filter for specific formats.

    Click the ‘+’ Button: Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow to add a new integration.

  • Search for Google My Business: In the search bar, type "Google My Business" and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an Action: Select the specific action you want to perform, such as managing reviews, retrieving insights, or posting updates.

  • Once integrated, ZBrain Flow enables seamless management of your Google My Business profile.

    How to Connect Google My Business to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Google My Business and ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    1. Enter a Connection Name: Provide a unique name for easy identification of your Google My Business connection in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Click ‘Connect’: This initiates the authentication process.

    3. Log in to Google My Business: A Google login pop-up window will appear. Enter your credentials.

    4. Grant Permissions: Approve the required OAuth permissions to allow ZBrain Flow to access and manage your Google My Business account securely.

    5. Save the Connection: Click ‘Save’ to finalize the connection setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with your Google My Business profile to retrieve business insights, manage customer reviews, automate updates, and enhance engagement.

    Actions Available in Google My Business Integration

    1. Create or Update Reply

    This action allows businesses to respond to customer reviews directly from ZBrain Flow.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the reviewer’s name.

    • Enter the response you want to add to the review.

    2. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call action enables advanced interactions with the Google My Business API for specific needs beyond the standard actions.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an active connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the API Endpoint URL: Use the full API URL or a relative path to the base URL.

    3. Select the HTTP Method: Choose the request type that matches your action:

      • GET – Retrieve business details, customer reviews, or insights.

      • POST – Create new business updates, post announcements, or add responses.

      • PATCH – Modify existing business details, update store hours, or edit responses.

      • PUT – Overwrite existing content, such as profile descriptions or updates.

      • DELETE – Remove business updates, responses, or media files.

      • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving the full data.

    4. Add Headers: Define additional headers required for the API request. Authentication headers are automatically included. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters: Customize API requests with filters or additional options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include query parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body: Provide structured request data in JSON format for complex API interactions.

    7. Set Timeout (in Seconds): Specify a request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from causing delays in the process.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

  • Select an available action to begin setup.

  • How to Connect Flowise to ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter Connection Name – Assign a unique name to identify the connection easily.

    2. Enter Base URL & API Key – Required for authentication and secure access to Flowise.

    How to Find the Base URL & API Key in Flowise

    • Base URL: The default Flowise API URL is http://localhost:30001. If using a custom setup, check your Flowise configuration.

    • API Key:

      • Go to Settings or Credentials in Flowise.

      • Generate a new credential.

      • If integrating OpenRouter or TogetherAI, use the corresponding API key and configure it in Flowise.

    1. Click ‘Save’ – This completes the connection setup, enabling communication between Flowise and ZBrain Flow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Make Prediction

    Use Flowise’s AI capabilities to process inputs and generate insights.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Chatflow ID – Specifies the Flowise chat model to use.

    • Question/Input – The query or data to be analyzed.

    • History (Optional) – Provides context for better predictions.

    • Override Config (Optional) – Customizes model behavior as needed.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values where necessary.

    Custom API Call

    Send API requests to Flowise for advanced workflows and automation.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Select HTTP Method – Determines the request type:

      • GET – Retrieve data from Flowise.

      • POST – Send new data for processing.

      • PATCH – Modify existing data partially.

      • PUT – Replace existing data entirely.

      • DELETE – Remove data.

      • HEAD – Retrieve response headers only.

    3. Add Headers – Define custom request headers (Authorization headers are auto-injected).

    4. Add Query Parameters – Customize API behavior with key-value pairs.

    5. Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    6. Set Timeout – Define how long the request should wait before timing out.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Code.
  • Select Code.

  • Decide on the action you need. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

    • Custom JavaScript Code: For Node.js & TypeScript code with npm support

    • Custom Python Code: For Python scripts and libraries

  • How to Write Custom JavaScript Code?

    Step 1: Set Up Your Inputs

    To pass data from previous steps into your code:

    1. In the ‘Inputs’ section, click ‘Add Item’ for each piece of data you want to access.

    2. For each input, specify:

      • A name for the input (this becomes the key to access it in your code)

      • The value from previous steps you want to pass in

    3. In your code, access these inputs using inputs.key syntax (where "key" is the name you assigned)

    Step 2: Write Your JavaScript/TypeScript Code

    In the Code editor, write the standard JavaScript/Node.js syntax for your logic.

    Step 3: Add Dependencies (If Needed)

    If your code requires npm packages:

    1. Click ‘Add package.’

    2. Specify the package name you need, and the latest version will be fetched.

    3. Click the ‘Add’ button.

    How to Write Custom Python Code?

    Once you select Custom Python Code as your action, follow the same approach as described in the JavaScript implementation for setting up inputs, writing your code, and configuring error handling options (Steps 1, 2 and 4). If you want to add Python packages, follow the below steps:

    1. Click ‘Add packages.’

    2. Select a requirement file from your device and press the ‘Add’ button.

    : Search the Heartbeat component within the ZBrain interface.
  • Select the Required Capability: Select the desired capability from these:

    • Create User: Create a new user in a Heartbeat community.

    • Custom API Call: Send a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

    Additional Settings for Creating User

    Required Fields

    1. API Key* - Select the API connection to authenticate the request.

    2. Name* - Enter the full name of the user.

    3. Email* - Provide a unique email address for the user.

    4. Roles* - Select the role(s) that the user should have.

    Optional Fields

    1. Groups - Enter the group IDs the user should belong to.

    2. Profile Picture - Upload an image (JPG, GIF, or PNG format) as a Data URI.

    3. Bio - Provide a brief biography for the user.

    4. Status - Enter the user's status message.

    5. LinkedIn - Add a link to the user's LinkedIn profile.

    6. Twitter - Add a link to the user's Twitter profile.

    7. Instagram - Add a link to the user's Instagram profile.

    8. Create Introduction Thread - If enabled and a bio is provided, an introduction thread will be created for the user.

    Additional Settings for Custom API Call

    This action allows users to make custom API requests to the Heartbeat platform, enabling advanced interactions beyond predefined actions.

    Required Fields

    1. API Key* - Select the API connection to authenticate the request.

    2. URL* - Enter the API endpoint URL (e.g., https://api.heartbeat.chat/v0).

    3. Method* - Select the HTTP method for the request (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE).

    4. Headers* - Add authorization and additional headers as key-value pairs.

    5. Query Parameters* - Add query parameters as key-value pairs.

    Optional Fields

    1. Body - Enter the request body in JSON format for POST and PUT requests.

    2. Timeout (in seconds) - Set a timeout duration for the request.

    Optional Settings

    1. No Error on Failure - Prevents errors from stopping the workflow.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • Type "Frame" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose the desired action to initiate the setup.

  • How to Create a Connection for Frame in ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Assign a unique and recognizable name to the connection.

    2. Enter the Token – Provide the authentication token for secure access.

    3. Retrieve the Token from Frame:

      • Visit the Frame API Token Page.

      • Click ‘Create a Token’.

      • Add a description for the token.

      • Select all scopes if full API access is needed.

      • Submit the form.

      • Copy the generated token and paste it into the ‘Token’ field in ZBrain Flow.

    4. Click ‘Save’ to complete the setup.

    Once the connection is established, ZBrain Flow can interact with Frame to automate workflows, retrieve data, and perform various operations.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call functionality allows users to interact with Frame’s API, facilitating operations such as retrieving session details, managing applications, and automating tasks.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Token – Authenticate the API request using the Frame token.

    2. Enter the API URL – Specify the endpoint for the intended action.

    Select an HTTP Method:

    • GET – Fetch session details, user information, or configurations.

    • POST – Create new sessions, applications, or resources.

    • PATCH – Update existing settings or configurations.

    • PUT – Overwrite session data or configurations.

    • DELETE – Remove a session, application, or user permanently.

    • HEAD – Retrieve response headers without fetching actual data.

    Additional Configurations:

    • Add Headers – Include extra headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically applied. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more headers.

    • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests by refining results or applying filters. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to define parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured data in JSON format when required.

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define a request timeout to prevent prolonged API execution.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • In the search bar, type "Formbricks" and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to start the integration process.

  • How to Connect Formbricks to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Formbricks and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a unique and identifiable name for your connection.

    2. Enter the API Key and API URL – These credentials will authenticate and establish communication between Formbricks and ZBrain Flow.

    How to Obtain the API URL and API Key from Formbricks

    API URL

    1. Log in to your Formbricks account.

    2. The base API URL follows the standard format: https://api.formbricks.com.

    API Key

    1. Navigate to the "Configuration" page within your Formbricks project.

    2. Click on the "API Keys" tab.

    3. Generate a new API key or copy an existing one.

    4. Assign a label to your key for easy identification.

    5. Copy the API key and store it securely for future use.

    Once you have the API URL and API key, use them to authenticate API requests and enable seamless integration with ZBrain Flow.

    1. Save the connection - Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call feature enables users to communicate with the Formbricks API, allowing them to retrieve survey responses, submit form data, update entries, and automate workflows.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One – Choose an already configured connection or set up a new one.

    • Enter the API Endpoint – Specify the relevant Formbricks API URL based on the desired action.

    • Select the HTTP Method – Choose the appropriate request type:

      • GET – Retrieve form responses or survey data.

      • POST – Submit form data or create new entries.

      • PATCH – Update existing responses or form configurations.

      • PUT – Replace form content or settings.

      • DELETE – Remove a response or form entry permanently.

      • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving actual data.

    • Add Headers – Include necessary request headers. Authentication headers are automatically injected. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add additional headers.

    • Add Query Parameters – Use query parameters to refine results or add specific options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to define parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define a timeout duration to prevent delays in API execution.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Secret Access Key: Your AWS secret key

  • Region: The AWS region where your SQS queue is located

  • Click ‘Save’ to store the connection.

  • Amazon Simple Notification Service endpoints and quotas - AWS General Reference

    Secret Access Key: Your corresponding AWS secret key

  • Region: The AWS region where your SNS topic is located

  • Endpoint: Leave this field blank unless using a custom endpoint (optional)

  • Click ‘Save’ to store the connection.

  • Amazon Simple Notification Service endpoints and quotas - AWS General Reference

    In the 'Instance URL' field, enter your Brilliant Directories website instance URL.

    https://ww2.managemydirectory.com/admin/apiSettings
    aking:
    Performs logic-based operations, such as conditional branching or applying rules to determine subsequent steps.
  • Custom Operations: Executes custom tasks, such as running scripts, executing code, or performing specific tasks tailored to unique workflow requirements.

  • Click ‘+Add Chunk' and provide the chunk details in the box, and click on 'Save’.

    • You can also update the existing chunk. Click the ‘pencil' icon at the rightmost corner and edit the chunk, and click 'Save’.

    • Once you edit or add a chunk, you can track the status in the dashboard.

    • The chunk is saved immediately and becomes part of the existing knowledge base.

    • You can find the updated knowledge graph, which now includes the new entity.

    Managing within a knowledge graph

    You can modify the details of existing nodes to ensure the information remains current and accurate. Unnecessary or outdated nodes can be removed from the graph. When deleting nodes, only the selected node and its direct relations are removed, while the rest of the graph remains intact. This functionality enables efficient updates and maintenance of the knowledge graph.

    Editing a node

    • You can update node properties such as name and description with changes reflected immediately.

    • Click on the particular node you want to update.

    • A right-side panel will open with Node Details.

    • Click the pencil icon on ‘Name’ or ‘Description’, and a pop-up will open. Edit the details in the 'Edit Description' box and click 'Save'.

    Deleting a node

    • Select the node you want to delete.

    • A right-side panel with Node Details will open. Click the 'Delete Node' button.

    • A pop-up will appear that requires typing DELETE to confirm the deletion.

    • Once you type DELETE and click ‘Confirm’, the node will be deleted permanently.

    Updating metadata

    • Select the appropriate option from the ‘Document Type’ dropdown, edit the metadata, and click ‘Save’ on the right-side panel titled ‘Document Metadata’

    • Once you save the updated metadata, it will be applied to all chunks. Click on any chunk to view the updated metadata.

    In the search bar, type "Box" and select it from the available options.

  • Select an available action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect Box to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Box and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a connection name – Provide a name for the connection to identify it easily.

    2. Click ‘Connect’ – Authenticate and authorize ZBrain Flow to access your Box account.

    3. Log in to Box – A new window will prompt you to log in to your Box account.

    4. Grant permissions – Approve the required permissions to enable integration.

    5. Save the Connection – Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup and begin using Box actions within ZBrain Flow.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Box to retrieve files, execute operations, and automate workflows.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call feature enables users to interact with the Box API, allowing them to perform various actions such as retrieving file details, uploading documents, managing folders, and automating processes.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one following the steps above.

    2. Enter the URL – Specify the API endpoint relevant to the action you want to perform. Example:

      • https://api.box.com/2.0/files/{file_id} (for retrieving file details)

      • https://api.box.com/2.0/folders/{folder_id} (for managing folders)

    3. Select the HTTP Method – Choose the request type that aligns with your action:

      • GET – Retrieve file or folder details.

      • POST – Upload new files or create folders.

      • PATCH – Modify file metadata or update folder permissions.

    4. Add Headers – Define any additional headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically injected. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters: Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    7. Set Timeout (in Seconds): Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

  • In the search bar, type "GenerateBanners" and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect GenerateBanners to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between GenerateBanners and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Assign a recognizable name to your connection for easy identification.

    2. Enter the Public API Key – Provide the API key required for authentication.

    3. Enter the Secret API Key – Use the secret key for secure communication.

    4. To Get Your Public and Secret API Keys from GenerateBanners, Follow These Steps:

      • Log in to Your Account:

        • Visit the .

        • If you are not logged in, enter your credentials to access your account.

      • Navigate to the Account Page:

    5. Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Once the connection is established, ZBrain Flow can interact with GenerateBanners to automate template rendering and file generation.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Render Template

    The Render Template action allows users to generate images or PDFs based on predefined templates. This enables businesses to automate marketing assets, personalized banners, and reports.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One – Choose the connection with GenerateBanners or create a new one following the steps above.

    2. Select the Template – Pick the predefined template from your GenerateBanners library.

    3. Select the File Type – Choose the format in which you want the banner to be generated:

      • Image (JPG) – Standard image format suitable for web use.

      • Image (PNG) – High-quality image format with transparency support.

      • Document (PDF) – Printable document format ideal for reports and presentations.

    Once configured, the template will be processed, and the output file will be available for download or further automation.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Flows

    Discover how to build and manage AI workflows in ZBrain Flow — add components, define logic, test steps, and view logs.

    What is a Flow in ZBrain?

    A Flow in ZBrain Builder is an operational blueprint that visually defines how your agent, application, or business workflow interacts with data, applies logic, makes decisions, and executes actions. Using the intuitive, low-code Flow module, you can quickly develop AI-powered apps and agents for a wide range of use cases with ease by designing sophisticated workflows that integrate AI models, knowledge bases, logical decision points, helper methods, and third-party tools.

    Flows can automate various scenarios, including compliance checks, sending notifications and generating reports. By visually structuring these processes, you can standardize internal processes, automate repetitive tasks, improve collaboration, and ensure seamless communication throughout your organization.

    Key features of ZBrain Flow

    Below are the key features of ZBrain Flow that allow you to build and customize workflows for your agents.

    1. Low-code interface

    Effortlessly build complex workflows with a visual, low-code interface that allows for easy configuration and customization of components.

    1. GenAI capabilities

    Harness cutting-edge AI models such as GPT-4, Mistral, and Llama 3 to automate processes, enhance efficiency, and support intelligent decision-making.

    1. Component connectivity

    Integrate AI models, knowledge bases, and external tools to create a powerful AI agent for diverse applications.

    1. Robust logic elements

    Incorporate advanced logic elements like conditional branching, time delays, and date-format conversions to build highly customized workflows.

    1. Custom scripting

    Leverage scripting capabilities that enable personalized functionality, including configurable API keys and AI-generated code for dynamic and unique workflows.

    Dive deeper into ZBrain Flow:

    Topic
    Description
    Link

    Asana

    Integrate Asana with ZBrain to manage tasks, coordinate projects, and automate team workflow actions.

    Asana in ZBrain Flow is a project management platform designed to help teams organize, track, and manage their work. With Asana, you can create tasks, monitor progress, and collaborate seamlessly, ensuring that your team stays aligned on goals and deadlines.

    How to Integrate Asana with ZBrain Flow?

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Asana” Type “Asana” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

    3. Choose the Desired Task Select the specific Asana task you want to include in your Flow.

    Tasks You Can Perform on Asana

    • Create Task: Add a new task to your Asana project by specifying details such as task name, description, assignee, and due date.

    • Custom API Call: Make a tailored API request to Asana’s endpoints, providing you with the flexibility to access or modify Asana data beyond the standard actions.

    Create Task

    Add a new task to your Asana project by specifying details such as task name, description, assignee, and due date.

    How to Configure the "Create Task" Action in Asana Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create Task”

    1. Open Your Flow

      • From your ZBrain Flow, locate where you want to create a new Asana task.

    2. Click the “+” Button

      • Click the plus sign (+) to add a new step in your flow.

    Step 2: Connect Your Asana Account

    1. Select a Connection

      • In the Connection dropdown, choose the Asana account you want to use.

    Step 3: Configure the Task Details

    1. Workspace

      • Select the Asana workspace in which you want to create the task.

      • A workspace is where your projects and tasks are organized in Asana.

    2. Project

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save the Step

      • Once you’ve entered all the necessary details, click Save or Done to confirm your settings.

    2. Run or Test the Flow

    Custom API Call

    Make a tailored API request to Asana’s endpoints, providing you with the flexibility to access or modify Asana data beyond the standard actions.

    How to Configure Custom API Call in Asana Using ZBrain Flow?

    1. Add the Custom API Call Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the “+” button to add a new step.

      • Type “Asana” in the search bar and select the Custom API Call action from the available options.

    Amazon S3

    Connect Amazon S3 with ZBrain to automate file storage, access, and management in workflows.

    Amazon S3 (Simple Storage Service) is a scalable object storage service provided by Amazon Web Services (AWS). It allows users to store and retrieve any amount of data at any time, making it ideal for backup, archiving, big data analytics, content distribution, and cloud applications.

    How to Connect Amazon S3 to ZBrain Flow ?

    To integrate Amazon S3 with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    Step 1: Select Amazon S3 as Your Connection

    • Click on Amazon S3 in ZBrain Flow.

    • Choose between two available actions.

    Step 2: Configure the Amazon S3 Connection

    To establish a connection between Amazon S3 and ZBrain Flow, enter the following details:

    1. Connection Name

      • Provide a unique and recognizable name for the connection.

    2. Access Key ID

      • This is required to authenticate with Amazon S3.

    Triggers Available in ZBrain Flow

    • New File Upload: This trigger is activated whenever a new file is uploaded to the specified Amazon S3 bucket.

    • Specify the folder path within the S3 bucket where your files are stored (e.g., /root/subfolder/).

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Upload File – Uploads a file to an Amazon S3 bucket.

      • Enter the file: Specify the file you want to upload.

      • Provide a file name (without extension): Ensure the file name does not include an extension.

      • Select the ACL (Access Control List)

    By following these steps, you can successfully integrate Amazon S3 with ZBrain Flow, enabling seamless file management and data retrieval for your workflows.

    Knowledge source

    Learn how to review and manage ZBrain Knowledge Sources by editing metadata, updating or adding chunks, and exploring relationships within knowledge graphs.

    This section outlines how users can review and manage their file content within the knowledge base. The Knowledge Source feature allows users to edit metadata, view technical details such as chunking strategy and embedding time, and manage document chunks by editing, disabling, or adding new ones. Users can also generate summaries of their files using available models, with options to download or delete the content as needed.

    How to review file content?

    • From the ‘Knowledge’, click on any knowledge base you created.

    • You will be directed to the ‘Knowledge Source’ tab. There, click on the file name again.

    • You can view the total number of paragraphs divided into chunks. In addition, you will see the character count of each chunk, along with its ID and retrieval count.

    • You can view additional details of the data, including technical parameters such as file name, size, update and modification date details, source, chunking strategy, total number of chunks, average paragraph length, and embedding time.

    Updating metadata

    • Select the appropriate option from the ‘Document Type’ dropdown, edit the metadata, and click ‘Save’ on the right-side panel titled ‘Document Metadata’

    • Once you save the updated metadata, it will be applied to all chunks. Click on any chunk to view the updated metadata.

    How to check the semantic relationships of the entities in a knowledge graph?

    When you create a Knowledge Base with the RAG definition set to Knowledge Graph, ZBrain automatically processes every document, extracts entities and the semantic relationships between them, and saves them as a property graph, a network of nodes (the extracted entities) linked by edges (the relationships between those entities). To explore that graph:

    a. From the ‘Knowledge’, click on any knowledge base you created using the knowledge graph option.

    b. You will be directed to the ‘Knowledge Source’ tab. There, click on the file name to view the file content and its associated knowledge graph.

    c. Click Knowledge Graph on the left-hand side bar.

    The centre panel renders an interactive force-directed graph:

    • Nodes (coloured circles): Individual entities, people, products, APIs, components, dates, etc. You can hover to see the canonical name, type, source sentence and chunk ID.

    • Edges (grey lines): Represent which entities (nodes) are linked.

    How to update an existing knowledge base?

    You can update an existing knowledge base created with either vector store or the knowledge graph option by adding/deleting chunks.

    • To add a new chunk, click the ‘+Add Chunk’ button. Enter the content in the provided text box, then click the ‘Save’ button to finalize.

    • The chunk is saved immediately and becomes part of the existing knowledge base.

    • You can also update the existing chunk. Click the ‘pencil' icon at the rightmost corner and edit the chunk, and click 'Save’.

    • Once you edit or add a chunk, you can track the status in the dashboard.

    • You can also delete a chunk from the knowledge base. Click on the delete button at the right end of the chunk and confirm.

    • Once confirmed, the chunk will be deleted from the knowledge base.

    • Click on the three dots next to ‘+Add Chunk’ to access three options:

      • Download File: Click this option to download the file.

      • Review File

    • If the knowledge base was created using the Knowledge Graph option, any newly added or edited chunk will automatically update the graph to include the new entities and their relationships. You can find the updated knowledge graph, which now includes the new entity.

    • To disable a chunk, select the specific chunk and toggle the Active switch to the off position. The chunk will be deactivated immediately.

    Blackbaud

    Integrate Blackbaud with ZBrain to automate donor data flows, fundraising events, and supporter management.

    The Blackbaud piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Blackbaud's nonprofit management and fundraising platform, allowing you to automate donor relationship management directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to search contacts, manage donor records, track gifts, and access fundraising data without manual intervention. With Blackbaud integration, you can build automation that synchronizes donor information across systems, updates contact records, creates donation entries, and leverages fundraising data for targeted communications and reporting.

    How to Use Blackbaud in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Blackbaud as Your Connection

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Blackbaud.

    • Select Blackbaud.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Search Contacts After Date – Retrieve contacts updated after a specific date.

      • Upsert Contact on Email – Create or update contact records using email as the identifier.

      • Get Gift subtypes – Retrieve available gift categorization options.

    How to Retrieve Contacts Updated After a Specific Date

    Step 1: Connect to Blackbaud

    • From the ‘Authentication' dropdown, click on 'Create connection.’

    • If creating a new connection, provide:

      • A descriptive 'Connection Name'

      • Your 'Redirect URL' for OAuth authentication

    Step 2: Enter API Key

    • In the 'Subscription Key' field, enter your Blackbaud API subscription key.

    Step 3: Specify Date Filter

    • In the 'Last Modified Date' field, enter the cutoff date. This will retrieve only contacts that have been modified on or after this date.

    How to Create or Update Contacts by Email

    Step 1: Connect to Blackbaud

    • For connecting to your Blackbaud account, follow the first step in the "How to Retrieve Contacts Updated After a Specific Date" section above.

    Step 2: Enter API Key

    • In the 'Subscription Key' field, enter your Blackbaud API subscription key.

    Step 3: Define Contact Information

    • In the 'Contact (JSON)' field, provide a JSON object containing the contact details. At a minimum, include the email address object with the 'address' property.

    How to Retrieve Gift Subtypes

    Step 1: Connect to Blackbaud

    • For connecting to your Blackbaud account, follow the first step in the "How to Retrieve Contacts Updated After a Specific Date" section above.

    Step 2: Enter API Key

    • In the 'Subscription Key' field, enter your Blackbaud API subscription key.

    After configuration, this action will query your Blackbaud system and return a comprehensive list of all available gift subtypes.

    How to Get a Fundraising List

    Step 1: Connect to Blackbaud

    • For connecting to your Blackbaud account, follow the first step in the "How to Retrieve Contacts Updated After a Specific Date" section above.

    Step 2: Enter API Key

    • In the 'Subscription Key' field, enter your Blackbaud API subscription key.

    Step 3: Select List Type

    • From the 'Fundraising List' dropdown, select which type of fundraising list to retrieve. Options typically include campaigns, appeals, and funds.

    Step 4: Configure Filter Options

    • In the 'Last Modified Date' field, optionally enter a date to filter for items modified after that time.

    • In the 'Date added' field, optionally enter a date to filter for contacts added after that time.

    • In the 'Sort token' field, optionally provide a token from a previous request for pagination.

    • Toggle 'Include inactive' to determine whether to include inactive fundraising items.

    How to Record Donations in Blackbaud

    Step 1: Connect to Blackbaud

    • For connecting to your Blackbaud account, follow the first step in the "How to Retrieve Contacts Updated After a Specific Date" section above.

    Step 2: Enter API Key

    • In the 'Subscription Key' field, enter your Blackbaud API subscription key.

    Step 3: Define Gift Details

    • In the 'Gift (JSON)' field, provide a JSON object containing the donation information.

    After configuration, this action will create a new gift record in your Blackbaud system with the specified details.

    DeepL

    Automate translations and customize API interactions in ZBrain workflows using DeepL integration.

    DeepL is a powerful AI-driven translation service known for its high-quality translations across multiple languages. It provides accurate and context-aware translations, making it a preferred choice for businesses and individuals seeking precise language conversion.

    To integrate DeepL with ZBrain Flow:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for DeepL in ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the desired action from the available options.

    How to Connect DeepL to ZBrain Flow?

    1. Give a Connection Name – Enter a name to identify the DeepL connection.

    2. Enter the API Key – Follow these steps to obtain your DeepL API Key:

      • Log in to your DeepL account.

      • Visit .

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Translate Text

    Translate text into a target language.

    How to Configure Translate Text in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Enter the Text – Provide the text that needs to be translated.

      • Note: Only UTF-8 encoded plain text is supported.

    2. Select Target Language – Choose from 31 available languages.

    3. Select Source Language – Specify the original language of the text.

    Note: Click 'f' to add dynamic values wherever needed.

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a DeepL endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call in ZBrain Flow?

    1. Select the Method – Choose from GET, POST, PATCH, PUT, DELETE, or HEAD.

    2. Add Headers – Input headers in the provided fields.

      • Authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

      • Click '+ Add Item' to add additional headers.

    Note: Click 'f' to add dynamic values wherever needed.

    Figma

    Integrate Figma to ZBrain flows to extract design data, automate asset handling, and enhance creative workflows.

    Figma is a cloud-based design tool used for UI/UX collaboration, prototyping, and design system management.

    How to Integrate Figma

    Follow the steps below to set up the integration.

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow and search for Figma.

    2. Select an available action to begin setup.

    How to Connect Figma to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Figma and ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    1. Enter a connection name.

    2. Click ‘Connect’ to authenticate and authorize access.

    3. Click ‘Save’ to finalize the connection.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Get File

    Retrieve a specific Figma file.

    How to configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the file key (found in the Figma file URL).

    Get File Comments

    Fetch comments from a Figma file.

    How to configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the file key (found in the Figma file URL).

    Post File Comments

    Add a comment to a Figma file.

    How to configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the file key (found in the Figma file URL).

    • Enter the comment to be posted.

    Custom API Call

    Make a direct API request to Figma.

    How to configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the API endpoint URL.

    • Choose an HTTP method:

      • GET – Retrieve data from Figma.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    GCloud Pub/Sub

    Integrate Google Cloud Pub/Sub within ZBrain flows to handle event-based communication and trigger workflow actions

    Google Cloud Pub/Sub is a messaging service that enables real-time event-driven communication between applications. It facilitates asynchronous messaging by allowing publishers to send messages to topics and subscribers to receive them efficiently.

    How to Integrate GCloud Pub/Sub with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate GCloud Pub/Sub with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. In the search bar, type "GCloud Pub/Sub" and select it from the available options.

    3. Choose an action to begin the setup process.

    How to Connect GCloud Pub/Sub to ZBrain Flow

    To connect GCloud Pub/Sub to ZBrain Flow, you need to create a service account and obtain a JSON service key for authentication. Follow these steps to establish a secure connection:

    1. Provide a Connection Name – Assign a name for easy identification.

    2. Enter the Service Key (JSON) – Use the authentication key for secure access.

    3. To Get the Service Key (JSON), Follow These Steps:

      • Create a Service Account:

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can send messages to topics, manage Pub/Sub workflows, and automate real-time communication.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Publish Message to Topic

    This action allows you to publish messages to a specific Google Cloud Pub/Sub topic, enabling real-time communication between applications and services.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One

      • If a connection to Google Cloud Pub/Sub already exists, select it from the list.

      • If not, follow the connection setup process to authenticate and establish a new connection.

    2. Enter the Message Content

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Databricks

    Connect your Databricks account to ZBrain Flow to automatically run commands in your data notebooks.

    The Databricks piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Databricks' unified data analytics platform, allowing you to execute SQL queries and manage data processing jobs directly from your workflows. This powerful connector enables you to interact with Databricks workspaces without manual intervention. With Databricks integration, you can build automations that run data transformations, query data lakes, monitor job executions, and incorporate big data processing into your business processes. This piece is ideal for data teams looking to automate their analytics workflows, integrate data processing with other business systems, and create consistent, repeatable data pipelines.

    How to Use Databricks in ZBrain Flow

    Select Databricks as Your Connection

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Databricks.

    • Select Databricks.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Run SQL Command – Execute SQL queries against Databricks warehouses.

    How to Connect to Your Databricks Workspace

    Before using any Databricks actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Databricks environment. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access your analytics platform securely.

    To create your Databricks connection:

    • From any Databricks action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the popup window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Databricks connection

      • In the 'Instance Name' field, enter your Databricks workspace URL (e.g., )

    How to Execute SQL Queries in Databricks

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Databricks workspace following the steps in the "How to Connect to Your Databricks Workspace" section.

    • In the 'Warehouse Path' field, enter the HTTP path to your SQL warehouse. This typically looks like: "/sql/warehouses/abc12345"

    • In the 'Query' field, enter the SQL statement you want to execute. You can run any SQL command supported by your Databricks SQL endpoint.

    How to Create a Databricks Job

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Databricks workspace following the steps in the "How to Connect to Your Databricks Workspace" section.

    • From the 'Task Types' dropdown, select the kind of processing you want to perform:

      • Notebook Task - to run a Databricks notebook

      • Python Wheel Task - to execute Python code packaged as wheel files

    How to Get Job Status

    To get a job status, first connect to your Databricks workspace following the steps in the "How to Connect to Your Databricks Workspace" section. Then, provide the ID of the job for which you need the job status.

    How to Run a Job

    To run a job, first connect to your Databricks workspace following the steps in the "How to Connect to Your Databricks Workspace" section. Next, specify the ID of the job you want to run.

    Google Contacts

    Manage your address book by integrating Google Contacts with ZBrain Flow to create, update, and find contacts automatically.

    Google Contacts is a contact management service provided by Google. It enables users to store, organize, and easily access contact information, ensuring seamless synchronization across devices and integration with Gmail and other Google services. This makes it ideal for both personal and professional use.

    To integrate Google Contacts with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Google Contacts in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below-listed tasks:

      • Add Contact: Add a new contact to a Google Contacts account.

      • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Contacts endpoint.

      • Search Contacts: Search for specific contacts in a Google Contacts account.

      • Update Contact: Update an existing contact in a Google Contacts account.

    Add Contact

    Add a new contact to a Google Contacts account.

    How to Configure Add Contact to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name in the Connection field.

    • Provide the First Name of the contact.

    • Provide the Last Name of the contact.

    • Provide the Job Title of the contact.

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific Google Contacts endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a new Connection or select an existing connection from the Connection drop-down.

    • Select the URL and provide the base URL.

    • Select the desired Method from the drop-down.

    • Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection

    Search Contacts

    Search for specific contacts in a Google Contacts account.

    How to Configure Search Contacts to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a new Connection or select an existing connection from the Connection drop-down. Select the Google Contacts account or connection credentials used to authenticate your requests and access contact data.

    • Provide the Query. Enter the plain-text query (e.g., a name or keyword) to match contacts. The system uses this text to find relevant contacts in your Google Contacts database.

    • Select the Read Mask value from the drop-down. It specifies which contact fields (e.g., names, email addresses, phone numbers) you want to retrieve from Google Contacts. By limiting the returned fields to those you need, the read mask helps optimize performance and manage the scope of contact data.

    Update Contact

    Update an existing contact in a Google Contacts account.

    How to Configure Update Contact to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a new Connection or select an existing connection from the Connection drop-down.

    • Provide the Resource Name, which is the unique identifier assigned to each contact (e.g., people/c12345). It tells Google Contacts which specific entry you want to update. An ASCII string in the form of people.

    • Provide the Etag, which ensures contact updates only apply if the contact hasn't changed since the last retrieved. This is used for concurrency control. If the contact was modified elsewhere since you last fetched it, the ETag check can prevent overwriting changes inadvertently.

    Knowledge base

    Learn how ZBrain’s Knowledge Base powers AI agents with seamless data integration, flexible retrieval, automated reasoning, and secure enterprise-ready storage.

    What is ZBrain’s knowledge base?

    The knowledge base is the core of ZBrain, serving as the foundation for building AI applications and agents. This integral component enables seamless integration and management of users' proprietary data, providing them with the flexibility to import or upload various data types effortlessly. Here's an overview of the knowledge base's capabilities:

    Bedrock Claude

    The Bedrock Claude component leverages Anthropic's Claude models within Amazon Bedrock to deliver advanced language model capabilities.

    The Bedrock Claude component leverages Anthropic's Claude models within Amazon Bedrock to deliver advanced language model capabilities. It supports conversational AI, text generation, and summarization, focusing on ethical and responsible AI usage.

    How to Connect Bedrock Claude to ZBrain Flow?

    To integrate Bedrock Claude with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    Step 1: Select Bedrock Claude as Your Connection

    Azure OpenAI

    Integrate Azure OpenAI into ZBrain Flow to leverage powerful language models for content generation, summarization, and analysis.

    Azure OpenAI in ZBrain Flow is a suite of AI services provided by Microsoft Azure that enables advanced natural language processing and text generation. It leverages GPT-based models to handle tasks such as drafting text, summarizing content, and answering questions, offering powerful conversational and language understanding capabilities within your workflows.

    How to Integrate Azure OpenAI with ZBrain Flow?

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign (

    Customer.io

    Drive targeted customer messaging by integrating Customer.io with ZBrain Flow to manage contacts, segments, and triggered campaign events.

    The Customer.io piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with the customer messaging platform, allowing you to track user activities and trigger communications directly from your workflows. This powerful connector enables you to record events, manage customer data, and interact with Customer.io Platform API without manual intervention. With Customer.io Platform integration, you can build automations that capture user behaviors, trigger personalized communications, update customer profiles, and synchronize customer information between systems. This piece is ideal for marketing and product teams looking to automate their customer messaging, create data-driven communication workflows, and ensure consistent customer journey management across their digital ecosystem.

    How to Use Customer.io Platform in ZBrain Flow

    ActiveCampaign

    Supercharge your marketing automation by integrating ActiveCampaign with ZBrain Flow to manage contacts, deals, and campaigns effortlessly.

    The ActiveCampaign piece in ZBrain Flow allows you to integrate your sales and marketing automation with your workflows. With this piece, you can create or update contacts and accounts, add tags, and manage subscriptions seamlessly. It allows you to automate lead engagement, contact updates, and list management operations within your workflows, streamlining your marketing and sales processes with minimal manual effort.

    How to use ActiveCampaign in ZBrain Flow

    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for ActiveCampaign.

    Drip

    Use the Drip component in ZBrain Flow to automatically manage subscribers on your e-commerce marketing lists.

    Drip is a powerful email marketing automation platform designed for e-commerce businesses to engage customers through personalized email campaigns, tagging, and advanced segmentation. It enables businesses to automate workflows, track customer behavior, and optimize marketing efforts for better engagement and conversions.

    How to Integrate Drip with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow.

    Discourse

    Connect the Discourse forum software to your ZBrain Flow to automatically create posts, topics, and search for users.

    Discourse is an open-source discussion platform designed for online forums, communities, and team collaboration. It offers structured discussions, real-time notifications, trust-based moderation, and customizable integrations to enhance community engagement and knowledge sharing.

    How to Integrate Discourse with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow.

    Brevo

    Integrate Brevo with ZBrain to automate sending, updating, and managing email campaigns and contacts directly within ZBrain flows.

    The Brevo piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Brevo's marketing and customer relationship management platform (formerly Sendinblue). This connector enables you to manage contacts and interact with Brevo's marketing automation features directly from your workflows. This piece is ideal for businesses looking to maintain consistent contact data across systems, automate subscriber management, and seamlessly incorporate email marketing operations into their broader business processes.

    How to Use Brevo in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Brevo as Your Connection

    Certopus

    The Certopus piece in ZBrain Flow provides integration with Certopus's digital credential management platform, allowing you to automate the creation and issuance of certificates and digital badges directly from your workflows. This connector enables you to generate official credentials, manage certifications, and streamline the credential issuance process without manual intervention. This piece is ideal for educational institutions, training organizations, and businesses looking to automate their credential management processes.

    How to Use Certopus in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Select Certopus as Your Connection

    Google Gemini

    Integrate Google Gemini in ZBrain flows to generate content, analyze media, or conduct AI-powered conversations.

    Google Gemini is an advanced AI model developed by Google, designed for natural language understanding, content generation, and multimodal processing, including text, images, and code. It powers applications like chatbots, AI assistants, and creative tools, offering capabilities similar to large language models. Gemini comes in different versions, including Gemini Pro for text-based tasks and Gemini Pro Vision for analyzing both text and images, making it a versatile AI solution for various industries.

    How to Integrate Google Gemini with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Google Gemini with ZBrain Flow:

    GitHub

    Connect GitHub to your ZBrain Flow to automatically manage your repositories, issues, and branches.

    GitHub is a cloud-based code hosting and version control platform that enables developers to collaborate on projects, track changes, and manage code repositories efficiently. It provides tools for issue tracking, pull requests, CI/CD automation, and secure code storage, making it an essential platform for software development teams.

    How to Integrate GitHub with ZBrain Flow

    Follow these steps to set up GitHub integration in ZBrain Flow:

    Google Forms

    Connect Google Forms to ZBrain to capture user input and trigger actions across intelligent AI workflows.

    Google Forms is a free, web-based tool by Google that allows users to create surveys, quizzes, and data collection forms. It enables real-time response tracking, seamless integration, and collaboration with multiple users. With features like conditional logic, file uploads, and automated data validation, Google Forms simplifies data gathering and workflow automation.

    How to Integrate Google Forms with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Google Forms with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    Google Docs

    Connect Google Docs to your ZBrain Flow to automatically create a new document from text you provide.

    Google Docs is a cloud-based word-processing service provided by Google. It allows users to create, edit, and collaborate on documents in real-time from any device, making it ideal for team collaboration, remote work, document management, and sharing.

    To integrate Google Docs with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Google Docs in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below-listed tasks:

    GitLab

    Automate GitLab workflows in ZBrain: manage issues, pipelines, and repositories using API-driven flow components.

    GitLab is a web-based DevOps lifecycle platform designed for source code management (SCM), continuous integration and deployment (CI/CD), and project collaboration. It provides a robust set of tools for version control, issue tracking, code review, security testing, and automation, making it an essential platform for developers and IT teams. GitLab integrates seamlessly with various tools to streamline workflows and improve development efficiency.

    How to Integrate GitLab with ZBrain Flow

    Groq

    Connect the Groq service to your ZBrain Flow to use its fast language models for chat and other AI text tasks.

    The Groq piece in ZBrain Flow connects with Groq’s fast language processing models, enabling quick and efficient AI interactions. This piece supports a range of actions, including querying AI, transcribing audio, translating audio to English, and making custom API calls to Groq endpoints. It is useful for users who need fast, AI-powered processing for text or audio data within automated workflows.

    How to use Groq in ZBrain Flow

    Select Groq as your connection

    PUT – Replace existing content in a file.

  • DELETE – Remove a file or folder permanently.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers only without retrieving the actual data.

  • Search for “Asana”

    • Type “Asana” in the search bar and select Create Task from the available actions.

  • Choose the specific Asana project where you want the new task to appear.

  • Task Name

    • Enter a name for the task. This will appear as the main title in Asana.

  • Task Description

    • Provide a detailed description or additional information about the task (e.g., instructions, references, or objectives).

  • Due Date (Optional)

    • Specify a due date in any valid date format (e.g., YYYY-MM-DD). This helps set clear deadlines in Asana.

  • Tags (Optional)

    • Enter any tags you’d like to add to the task. Tags can help categorize and track tasks across multiple projects.

  • Assignee (Optional)

    • Assign the task to a specific team member by selecting a user from the dropdown.

    • If left blank, the task remains unassigned.

  • Trigger the flow (or run a test) to ensure that the task is successfully created in Asana.
    Set Up Your API Connection
    • Connection Selection: Choose the Asana account you wish to use.

    • Endpoint URL: Enter the full URL for the Asana API endpoint you want to interact with (e.g., to create, update, or retrieve specific data).

  • Configure the Request Details

    • HTTP Method: Select the appropriate method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) based on your API call’s purpose.

    • Headers: Include any necessary headers. Typically, this will at least include an Authorization header with your Asana API token.

    • Query Parameters / Body:

      • If your request needs query parameters, add them accordingly.

      • Enter the JSON-formatted data for methods that require a request body (such as POST or PUT). Depending on the endpoint, this data may include fields like task name, description, or other relevant information.

  • Map Variables (If Applicable)

    • If you need to dynamically supply data from previous steps (for example, task details gathered from a form), use ZBrain Flow’s variable mapping to populate the API request fields.

  • Save and Test the Configuration

    • Once all required fields are set, click Save or Done to confirm the configuration.

    • Run or test the flow to verify that the API call is executed correctly and that Asana processes the request as expected.

  • To find your Access Key ID:

    1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the IAM (Identity and Access Management) console.

    2. In the left navigation pane, select Users.

    3. Choose the IAM user for whom you need to retrieve the access key.

    4. Go to the Security Credentials tab.

    5. Locate the Access Keys section, where you will see the Access Key ID listed.

    6. If an access key does not exist, create a new one and store the Secret Access Key securely.

  • Secret Access Key

    • To find or generate a new Secret Access Key:

      1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the IAM console.

      2. Navigate to Users and select the IAM user you want to create a key for.

      3. Under the Security Credentials tab, locate the Access Keys section.

      4. Click on Create Access Key.

      5. The Access Key ID and Secret Access Key will be displayed.

      6. Store the Secret Access Key securely, as it will not be shown again.

  • Bucket Name

    • To find your Amazon S3 bucket:

      1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console.

      2. Open the Amazon S3 console.

      3. In the left navigation pane, select Buckets.

      4. A list of available S3 buckets will be displayed. Select the bucket you want to connect with ZBrain Flow.

  • Endpoint

    • The endpoint is the URL required to access your Amazon S3 bucket.

    • To find the endpoint:

      1. Log in to the AWS Management Console.

      2. Navigate to Amazon S3.

      3. Select the bucket you want to use.

      4. Click on the Properties tab.

      5. Locate the Bucket ARN and URL, which serves as the endpoint.

      6. Alternatively, construct the endpoint URL using the region. Example: https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com for the us-east-1 region.

  • Region

    • Choose the appropriate AWS region where your S3 bucket is hosted.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click on Save to complete the setup and establish the connection.

  • : Choose from predefined ACL settings to control access permissions.
  • Select the file type: Choose whether the file is an Image, Video, or Audio.

  • Read File – Reads a file from Amazon S3 for use in subsequent steps in ZBrain Flow.

    • Enter the file key: The key is the path to the file within the S3 bucket.

    • How to find the file key:

      1. Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the Amazon S3 console.

      2. Navigate to the Buckets section and select the bucket containing the file.

      3. Browse through the bucket to locate the specific file.

      4. The Key is the full path of the file within the bucket, including folders.

        • Example: If the file example.txt is inside the documents folder, the Key would be documents/example.txt.

  • Get Fundraising List – Access organized fundraising campaign data.

  • Create gift – Record new donations in your Blackbaud system.

  • Your Blackbaud 'Client ID' is a unique identifier assigned to your application when you register it in the Blackbaud Developer Portal.

  • Your Blackbaud 'Client Secret' is a confidential authentication key provided alongside your Client ID when you register your application with Blackbaud.

  • Click 'Connect' to authenticate with Blackbaud, then 'Save' to create the connection.

  • In the 'Limit' field, specify how many records to return (default 500, maximum 5000).

    POST – Send new data.

  • PATCH – Modify specific data fields.

  • PUT – Replace data entirely.

  • DELETE – Remove data.

  • HEAD – Retrieve response headers only.

  • Add headers (authorization headers are automatically included).

  • Define query parameters for API customization.

  • Enter JSON body for structured request data.

  • Set a timeout duration for the request.

  • Go to the Google Cloud Console.

  • Navigate to IAM & Admin > Service Accounts.

  • Click ‘Create Service Account’.

  • Provide a name and description, then click ‘Create.’

  • Assign Roles to the Service Account:

    • In the Service Account Permissions section, assign roles like:

      • Pub/Sub Publisher (to publish messages).

      • Pub/Sub Subscriber (to receive messages).

    • Click ‘Continue’ and then ‘Done.’

  • Create and Download the Key:

    • Locate the created service account in the list.

    • Click the Actions menu (three dots) and select Manage keys.

    • Click ‘Add Key’ > ‘Create New Key.’

    • Choose JSON as the key type and click ‘Create.’

    • The JSON key file will be downloaded to your computer.

  • Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

  • Provide the message content that needs to be published.

  • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include multiple messages if required.

  • Specify the Topic

    • Enter the exact name of the Pub/Sub topic where the message will be published.

    • Ensure the topic exists in your Google Cloud Pub/Sub project and has the correct permissions for message publishing.

  • Provide the Company name of the contact.

  • Provide the Email of the contact.

  • Provide the Phone Number of the contact.

  • .
  • Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

  • Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

  • Provide a Page Size that Indicates how many results should be returned, up to a maximum (e.g., 30). Additional results pages can be fetched if you have more contacts than this limit.

    Select Update Field Mask from the drop-down. It defines which fields (e.g., name, email, phone numbers) should be updated in the contact. This helps avoid unintentionally modifying other attributes.

  • Provide the First Name of the contact.

  • Provide the Last Name of the contact.

  • Provide the Job Title of the contact.

  • Provide the Company name of the contact.

  • Provide the Email of the contact.

  • Provide the Phone Number of the contact.

  • Click on Bedrock Claude in ZBrain Flow.

    Step 2: Configure the Bedrock Claude Connection

    To establish a connection between Bedrock Claude and ZBrain Flow, enter the following details:

    • Connection Name

      • Provide a unique and recognizable name for the connection.

    • AWS Access Key

      • Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the IAM (Identity and Access Management) console.

      • Navigate to the Users section in the left-hand menu.

      • Select the IAM user you want to use for Bedrock Claude integration.

      • Go to the Security Credentials tab.

      • Locate the Access Keys section and retrieve the Access Key ID.

      • If no access key exists, create a new one and make note of the corresponding Secret Access Key.

    • AWS Secret Key

    To find or generate a new AWS Secret Key:

    • Sign in to the AWS Management Console and open the IAM console.

      1. Navigate to Users and select the IAM user you want to create a key for.

      2. Under the Security Credentials tab, locate the AWS Secret Key section.

      3. Click on Create AWS Secret Key.

      4. The Access Key ID and AWS Secret Key will be displayed.

      5. Store the AWS Secret Key securely, as it will not be shown again.

    • Session Token

      • Temporary credentials can be used with Session Token.

    • Region

      • Choose the appropriate geographical region where the AWS resources are hosted. By default, the region is set to us-east-1.

    • Save the Connection

      • Click on Save to complete the setup and establish the connection.

    Additional Settings

    • Model Selection : Specify the Claude model variant to utilize within Bedrock, some models are suitable for natural language tasks, others specialize in code.

    • System Prompt: Configure a predefined prompt that will guide the AI in generating consistent and relevant responses.

    • Temperature: Adjust this setting to control the variability of the AI’s responses; lower values result in more consistent and predictable outputs.

    • Maximum Tokens: Specify the maximum number of tokens the AI can use to construct its response for concise output.

    • Question: Input the primary question or statement that will direct the AI’s response, ensuring it is specific to the task at hand.

    • Image URLs: List of image URLs to be used as input for the model. Provide URLs separated by commas (e.g., url1, url2).

    • Roles: This includes an array of roles to specify more accurate responses.

    Trigger Available in ZBrain Flow

    • New File Upload: Activates when a new file is uploaded or when a text-based input is received.

    +
    ) to add a new step.
  • Search for “Azure OpenAI” Type “Azure OpenAI” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

  • Choose the Desired Task Select the Ask GPT action to interact with Azure OpenAI’s GPT-based language models.

  • Ask GPT

    Pose any question or provide any prompt to the AI model, and receive a context-aware, generated response. This can be used for tasks such as drafting emails, generating summaries, or brainstorming ideas.

    How to Configure the "Ask GPT" Action with Azure OpenAI in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Ask GPT” Step in ZBrain Flow

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Azure OpenAI”

      • Type “Azure OpenAI” in the search bar and select Ask GPT from the available options.

    Step 2: Create an Azure OpenAI Connection

    1. Enter Connection Details

      • Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Azure OpenAI”).

      • Endpoint: Provide the endpoint URL for your Azure OpenAI resource (e.g., https://<resource-name>.openai.azure.com).

      • API Key: Paste the API key retrieved from your Azure Portal.

    2. Save the Connection

      • Click Save to finalize the connection settings.

      • Your new Azure OpenAI connection is now ready to use.

    Step 3: Configure the “Ask GPT” Action

    1. Deployment Name

      • Enter the name of your model deployment from Azure. This is the deployment ID you created for your GPT-based model in Azure.

    2. Question

      • Type in the prompt or question you want GPT to answer. This can be dynamic, using data from previous steps or a static text prompt.

    3. Temperature

      • Controls the “creativity” of the model’s output. A lower temperature yields more focused results; a higher temperature produces more varied responses.

    4. Maximum Tokens

      • Sets the maximum length of the generated answer. The default is often 2048, but you can adjust based on your needs and token limits.

    5. Top P

      • Another way to control sampling. A lower value focuses on the highest-probability tokens, while a higher value broadens the range of possible outputs.

    6. Frequency Penalty

      • Adjusts the model’s tendency to repeat lines or phrases. Ranges from -2.0 to +2.0.

    7. Presence Penalty

      • Encourages the model to talk about new topics. Ranges from -2.0 to +2.0.

    8. Memory Key (Optional)

      • Assign a key to store conversation history if you want to maintain context across multiple steps in your flow.

    9. Roles (Optional)

      • Add or edit role-based messages (e.g., “system,” “assistant,” “user”) to guide the conversation. This is especially useful for advanced prompt engineering or multi-turn conversations.

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save the Configuration

      • Once you’ve filled in all required fields, click Save or Done to confirm.

    2. Run the Flow

      • Test your flow to confirm the Ask GPT step is communicating properly with Azure OpenAI.

      • Check the output to ensure it matches your expected response.

    3. Review and Iterate

      • If the response needs adjustment, tweak parameters such as Temperature or Top P.

      • For more context, update the Roles or Question fields.

    Select Customer.io as Your Connection
    • Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Customer.io.

    • Select Customer.io.

    • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

      • Create Event – Record user activities or system events in Customer.io.

      • Track Custom API Call – Send tracking requests to Customer.io API endpoints.

      • App Custom API Call – Interact with the api.customer.io endpoints for broader functionality.

    How to Connect to Customer.io

    Before using any Customer.io actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Customer.io account. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access your customer messaging platform securely.

    To create your Customer.io connection:

    • From any Customer.io action, click on the connection dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the pop-up window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Customer.io connection

      • From the 'Region' dropdown, select the appropriate region

      • In the 'Site ID' field, enter your Customer.io site identifier

      • In the 'API Key' field, enter your Customer.io tracking API Key

      • In the 'Bearer Token' field, enter your Customer.io APP API Token

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

    To obtain your Customer.io credentials:

    1. Log in to your Customer.io account

    2. For ‘Site ID’ and ‘Tracking API Key’: Log in to this and go to the ‘Settings’ section

    3. For APP API Token: Find it in Account Settings

    Note that the Track API Key and App API Key are different credentials used for different purposes

    How to Create Events in Customer.io

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Customer.io account following the steps in the "How to Connect to Customer.io" section.

    • In the 'Customer identifier' field, enter the unique identifier for the user associated with this event. This can be a user ID, email address, or Customer.io ID, depending on your workspace settings. This identifier links the event to a specific customer profile.

    • In the 'Event Name' field, enter a descriptive name for the action or event being recorded. For example: "viewed_product", "completed_purchase", or "abandoned_cart." Use this name to reference the event in your campaigns or segments.

    • From the 'parameters' dropdown, select how you want to provide event data:

      • 'Key Value' - To add individual properties one by one

      • 'JSON' - To provide all properties in a single JSON object

    • If you selected 'Key Value':

      • Click 'Add Item' to include additional data about the event

      • For each item, specify a key (property name) and its corresponding value

      • Add multiple properties by clicking 'Add Item' again for each additional data point

    • If you selected 'JSON':

      • Enter a JSON object containing all event properties in the 'JSON Body' field

      • For example: {"product_id": "12345", "price": 99.99, "category": "electronics"}

    After configuration, this action will record the specified event for the identified customer in your Customer.io account.

    How to Access Advanced Customer.io Tracking Features

    Configuration Steps:

    • Connect to your Customer.io account following the steps in the "How to Connect to Customer.io" section.

    • From the 'Method' dropdown, select the appropriate HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) for your tracking API request.

    • In the 'Headers' section, click 'Add Item' to add any custom headers needed for your request. Note that authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    • In the 'Query Parameters' section, click 'Add Item' to add any URL parameters required.

    • In the 'Body' field, enter the JSON data to send in your request for POST or PUT methods.

    • Optionally enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the API request fails.

    • Optionally set a 'Timeout' value in seconds to limit how long to wait for a response.

    After configuration, this action will make a direct API call to the Customer.io tracking API (track.customer.io) according to your specifications.

    How to Access Customer.io Management API

    For the 'App Custom API Call' action, you can follow the same configuration steps as described in the "How to Access Advanced Customer.io Tracking Features" section above.

    The only difference is that this action connects to Customer.io's application API (api.customer.io) instead of the tracking API.

  • Select ActiveCampaign.

  • Choose the action you want to perform. Available actions include:

    • Add contact to account – Add a contact to an ActiveCampaign account.

    • Add tag to contact – Apply a specific tag to a contact.

    • Create account – Add a new account to your ActiveCampaign workspace.

    • Create contact – Register a new contact.

    • Update account – Modify an existing account’s details.

    • Update contact – Edit the data of an existing contact.

    • Subscribe or unsubscribe contact from list – Add or remove a contact from a list.

  • How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow

    Whichever action you choose in ActiveCampaign, you must first create a connection to your ActiveCampaign account. Follow the steps below to set up the connection:

    • In the 'Connection' dropdown, click on 'create connection'. A small window will appear where you need to enter the following connection details.

      • Enter a name in the ‘Connection Name’ field.

      • Paste your API URL into the ‘API URL’ field.

      • Paste your API Key into the ‘API Key’ field.

      • Click on ‘Save’ to complete the connection setup. Once saved, you can use this connection for any of the available ActiveCampaign actions in your flow.

    How to get your ActiveCampaign API URL and API Key

    • Log in to your ActiveCampaign account.

    • Go to the ‘Settings’ section.

    • Click on the ‘Developer’ tab.

    • Under ‘API Access’, you will find both your API URL and API Key.

    How to add a contact to an account in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps

    • To use the 'Add Contact to Account' action, you must first create a connection with ActiveCampaign. Follow the connection setup steps explained earlier in the 'How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow' section.

    • Once the connection is created, enter the ‘Contact ID’ in the ‘Contact ID’ field. This is the ID of the contact you want to associate with an account.

    • Enter the ‘Account ID’ in the ‘Account ID’ field. This is the ID of the account you want to link the contact to.

    • Optionally, you can enter the job title for the contact within the account in the ‘Job Title’ field.

    How to add a tag to a contact in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • To use the 'Add Tag to Contact' action, first create a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps explained earlier in the 'How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow' section.

    • Then, enter the ‘Contact ID’ in the ‘Contact ID’ field. This is the ID of the contact you want to tag.

    • Enter the ‘Tag ID’ in the ‘Tag ID’ field. This is the ID of the tag you want to add to the contact.

    How to create an account in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • Start by creating a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps shared earlier in the 'How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow' section.

    • Enter the account name in the 'Account Name' field.

    • Optionally, provide the account's website URL in the 'Account URL' field.

    How to create a contact in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • Start by creating a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps shared earlier.

    • Enter the contact's email address in the 'Email' field.

    • Optionally, fill in the 'First Name', 'Last Name', and 'Phone' fields if you want to add more details for the contact.

    How to update an account in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • First, create a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps shared earlier in the 'How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow' section.

    • Select the 'Account ID' of the account you want to update.

    • Populate the 'Account Name' and 'Account URL' fields as needed.

    How to update a contact in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • Start by creating a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps shared earlier.

    • Provide the 'Contact ID' of the contact you want to update.

    • Fill in the updated details for 'Email', 'First Name', 'Last Name', and 'Phone' as needed.

    How to subscribe or unsubscribe a contact from a list in ActiveCampaign using ZBrain Flow

    Configuration steps:

    • First, create a connection with ActiveCampaign by following the connection setup steps shared earlier in the 'How to create an ActiveCampaign connection in ZBrain Flow' section.

    • After the connection is ready, choose the target 'List' where you want to subscribe or unsubscribe the contact.

    • Select the 'Action' you want to perform — either subscribe or unsubscribe.

    • Enter the 'Contact ID' of the contact you want to update.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Brevo.

  • Select Brevo.

  • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

    • Create or Update Contact – Add new contacts or modify existing ones in your Brevo account.

    • Custom API Call – Send a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

  • How to Create or Update Contact in Brevo

    Step 1: Connect to Brevo

    • From the ‘Project API key' dropdown, click on 'Create connection.’

    • If creating a new connection, provide:

      • A descriptive 'Connection Name'

      • Your 'Project API key' from your Brevo account

    • Click 'Save' to create the connection.

    Step 2: Enter Contact Details

    • In the 'Email' field, enter the contact's email address (required unless SMS is provided).

    • In the 'External ID' field, optionally provide your own identifier for this contact.

    Step 3: Define Contact Attributes

    • In the ‘Attributes’ section, add some common attributes which include:

      • First name and last name

      • SMS number

      • CIV

      • Date of birth

      • Address details

      • Zip code, city, area

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Attributes' section to add more contact properties.

    Step 4: Set Contact Preferences

    • Toggle 'Email Blacklisted?' on to exclude this contact from email campaigns.

    • Toggle 'SMS Blacklisted?' on to exclude this contact from SMS campaigns.

    Step 5: Assign to Lists

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'List IDs' section to add the contact to specific lists. Enter the numerical ID of each list you want to include the contact in.

    Step 6: Configure Email Restrictions (Optional)

    • In the 'SMTP Blacklist Sender' field, optionally specify sender addresses that should not email this contact.

    How to Send a Custom API Call to a Specific Endpoint

    Step 1: Connect to Brevo

    • To connect to your Brevo account, follow the first step in the "How to Create or Update Contact in Brevo" section above.

    Step 2: Specify the API Endpoint

    • In the 'URL' field, enter the Brevo API base URL with the specific endpoint you want to access.

    Step 3: Select Request Method

    • From the 'Method' dropdown, choose the appropriate HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, etc.).

    Step 4: Configure Headers (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Headers' section to add any custom headers. Note that authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    Step 5: Add Query Parameters (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Query Parameters' section to add URL parameters.

    Step 6: Provide Request Body (Optional)

    • For POST, PUT, or PATCH requests, enter the JSON data to send.

    Step 7: Set Error Handling (Optional)

    • Enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the API request fails.

    • Set a 'Timeout' value in seconds to limit the request duration.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Certopus.
  • Select Certopus.

  • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides two options:

    • Create Credential – Generate and issue a new certificate or badge.

    • Custom API Call – Make specialized requests to the Certopus API.

  • How to Create a Credential in Certopus Using ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Connect to Certopus

    • From the ‘API Key' dropdown, click on 'Create connection.’

    • If creating a new connection, provide:

      • A descriptive 'Connection Name'

      • Your 'API Key' from your Certopus profile

    • Click 'Save' to create the connection.

    Step 2: Select Credential Context

    • From the 'Organisations' dropdown, select which organization is issuing the credential.

    • From the 'Event' dropdown, choose the specific event or program associated with the credential.

    • From the 'Category' dropdown, select the type or level of credential to issue.

    Step 3: Configure Issuance Options

    • Toggle 'Generate' on to automatically create the credential upon submission.

    • Toggle 'Publish' on to make the credential immediately available to the recipient.

    If either option is turned off, the credential will need to be manually generated or published in Certopus.

    Step 4: Specify Recipient

    • In the 'Recipient Email' field, enter the email address of the person receiving the credential.

    <userStyle>Normal</userStyle>

    How to Send a Custom API Call to a Specific Endpoint

    Step 1: Connect to Certopus

    • To connect to your Certopus account, follow the first step in the "How to Create a Credential in Certopus Using ZBrain Flow" section above.

    Step 2: Specify the API Endpoint

    • In the 'URL' field, enter the Certopus API base URL with the specific endpoint you want to access.

    Step 3: Select Request Method

    • From the 'Method' dropdown, choose the appropriate HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, etc.).

    Step 4: Configure Headers (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Headers' section to add any custom headers. Note that authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    Step 5: Add Query Parameters (Optional)

    • Click 'Add Item' in the 'Query Parameters' section to add URL parameters.

    Step 6: Provide Request Body (Optional)

    • For POST, PUT, or PATCH requests, enter the JSON data to send in the 'Body' field.

    Step 7: Set Error Handling (Optional)

    • Enable 'No Error on Failure' if you want the flow to continue even if the API request fails.

    • Set a 'Timeout' value in seconds to limit the request duration.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow to add a new integration.

  • Type "Google Gemini" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action (such as content generation, image processing, or chat) to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect Google Gemini to ZBrain Flow

    To enable seamless interaction between Google Gemini and ZBrain Flow, you need to establish a secure connection using an API key.

    Connection Establishment Steps

    1. Enter a Connection Name

      • Provide a unique name to identify your Google Gemini connection in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Enter the API Key

      • You will need an API key from Google Gemini to authenticate your requests.

    How to Get an API Key for Google Gemini

    • Sign in to Your Google Account

      • Ensure you’re logged into your Google account.

    • Access Google AI Studio

      • Navigate to Google AI Studio.

    • Generate an API Key

      • Click on ‘Get API Key’ in Google AI Studio.

      • Review and accept the Terms of Service.

      • Follow the prompts to generate your API key.

    • Secure Your API Key

      • Keep your API key confidential. Avoid sharing it publicly or storing it in unsecured locations. 3. Click ‘Save’

      • After entering the API key, click ‘Save’ to complete the connection setup.

    Actions Available in Google Gemini Integration

    1. Generate Content (Using Gemini Pro)

    Generates AI-driven content based on a text prompt.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API key.

    • Input the prompt to generate content.

    • Select the model to generate the content.

    2. Generate Content from Image (Using Gemini Pro Vision)

    Generates AI-driven content based on an image input and text prompt.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API key.

    • Input the prompt to generate content.

    • Upload the image to analyze and generate the response.

    • Select the model to process the image.

    3. Chat with Gemini

    Engage in AI-powered conversational interactions using Google Gemini.

    Steps:

    • Enter the API key.

    • Select the model to generate the response.

    • Enter the prompt (question or conversation starter).

    • Enter the memory key to retain chat history.

      • Leave it empty if you do not want Gemini to remember past messages.

    4. Custom API Call

    Make custom API requests to the Google Gemini API for advanced operations.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API key.

    • Enter the URL: You can use the full URL or the relative path to the Google Gemini API.

    • Select the HTTP Method: Choose the appropriate request type:

      • GET – Retrieve AI-generated data.

      • POST – Send new requests for AI processing.

      • PATCH – Modify existing configurations.

      • PUT – Update AI-generated responses.

      • DELETE – Remove AI-generated data.

      • HEAD – Fetch response headers only.

    Additional Settings:

    • Add Headers – Define custom headers for the request. Authorization headers are automatically included. Click '+ Add Item' to include more headers.

    • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests by adding filters or specific options. Click '+ Add Item' to add more parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define a timeout duration to prevent long-running requests from stalling.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • Type "GitHub" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Create a GitHub Connection in ZBrain Flow

    Connection Establishment Steps:

    1. Enter a Connection Name: Provide a unique name for easy identification of your GitHub connection.

    2. Click 'Connect': Initiate the authentication process.

    3. Log in to GitHub: A pop-up window will appear for GitHub authentication.

    4. Grant Permissions: Approve the required access permissions for ZBrain Flow.

    5. Save the Connection: Click 'Save' to finalize the setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with GitHub to manage repositories, issues, and perform various GitHub-related operations.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Issue

    Enables users to create a new issue in a GitHub repository.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Select the Repository: Choose the specific repository where the issue will be created.

    3. Enter the Issue Title: Provide a clear, concise title for the issue.

    4. Enter the Issue Description: Add detailed information about the issue.

    5. Enter Labels: Specify any relevant labels for the issue.

    6. Select Assignee: Choose the team member responsible for the issue.

    2. Get Issue Information

    Allows users to retrieve detailed information about a specific issue.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Select the Repository: Choose the repository containing the issue.

    3. Enter the Issue Number: Specify the unique identifier of the issue to retrieve.

    3. Create Comment on an Issue

    Enables users to add comments to existing GitHub issues.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Select the Repository: Choose the repository containing the issue.

    3. Enter the Issue Number: Specify the unique identifier of the issue.

    4. Enter the Comment: Add the text you want to post as a comment.

    4. Lock Issue

    Allows users to lock a GitHub issue to prevent further comments.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Select the Repository: Choose the repository containing the issue.

    3. Enter the Issue Number: Specify the unique identifier of the issue to lock.

    4. Select Lock Reason: Choose from available reasons:

      • Off-topic

      • Too heated

      • Resolved

      • Spam

    5. Unlock Issue

    Enables users to unlock a previously locked GitHub issue.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Select the Repository: Choose the repository containing the issue.

    3. Enter the Issue Number: Specify the unique identifier of the issue to unlock.

    6. Raw GraphQL Query

    Provides advanced users with the ability to execute custom GraphQL queries directly against the GitHub API.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose your GitHub connection.

    2. Enter the Query: Input your custom GraphQL query.

    3. Enter Parameters: Click '+Add Item' to include any required query parameters.

    7. Custom API Call

    Enables users to send custom API requests to GitHub for advanced operations.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One

    2. Enter the API Endpoint URL – Use a full URL or relative path to the GitHub API base URL.

    3. Select the HTTP Method – Choose from the following:

      • GET – Retrieve issue details, repository information, or user data.

      • POST – Create new issues, comments, or repository events.

      • PATCH – Modify issue metadata, repository settings, or labels.

      • PUT – Update existing records.

      • DELETE – Remove issues, comments, or repositories.

      • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving actual data.

    4. Add Headers – Define any additional headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically injected. Click '+ Add Item' to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options. Click '+ Add Item' to add more parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    7. Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Append Text to Google Docs: Add additional text to an existing Google Docs document.

  • Create Document: Create a new document in Google Docs.

  • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Docs endpoint.

  • Edit Template File: Edit a template file and replace the values with the provided ones.

  • Find Document: Search for a document by its name.

  • Read Document: Read the contents of an existing Google Docs document.

  • Create Document

    Create a new document in Google Docs.

    How to Configure Create Document to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name in the Connection field or select from existing connections.

    • Provide a suitable title for the document in the Document Title field.

    • Add the content in the Document Content field.

    Append Text to Google Docs

    Add additional text to an existing Google Docs document.

    How to Configure Append Text to Google Docs to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name in the Connection field or select from existing connections.

    • Provide the text to be appended in the Text to append field.

    • Select the document's ID to append text to the Document ID field.

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific Google Docs endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to Google Docs to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the URL. The URL refers to the specific endpoint of the API you want to interact with. This endpoint determines the resource or action the request will address (e.g., creating events, updating calendars, retrieving event details).

    • Choose the Method to be used for the API call.

    • Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection.

    • Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

    • Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

    Edit Template File

    Edit a template file and replace the values with the provided ones.

    How to Configure Edit Template File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the name or ID of the new file where the edited template will be saved in the Destination File field. This ensures you don’t overwrite the original template.

    • Provide key-value pairs that correspond to placeholder text in the template in the Variables field. Each placeholder key in the template is replaced with the specified value during the editing process.

    • In the Images field, provide the Key: Image ID (get it manually from the Read File Action) and Value: Image URL. This is similar to Variables, but for inserting images into the template.

    Find Document

    Search for a document by its name.

    How to Configure Find Document to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the name or partial name of the document you want to find in Google Docs in the Document Name field.

    • Specify the Google Drive folder where the search should be restricted from the drop-down of the Folder field. This helps narrow down results to a particular location.

    • Create a New Document if Not Found (Toggle): When enabled, a new document is automatically created if the specified name finds no matching document.

    Read Document

    Read the contents of an existing Google Docs document.

    How to Configure Read Document to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the document to read in the Document ID field.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Groq.
  • Select Groq.

  • Decide on the action you need, then select it. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

    • Ask AI – Interact with Groq’s fast language models by sending prompts.

    • Transcribe audio – Convert audio into text in the same language.

    • Translate audio – Convert non-English audio into English text.

    • Custom API call – Send custom requests to Groq’s API using any valid endpoint.

  • How to connect to the Groq AI platform

    Before using any Groq actions in ZBrain Flow, you'll need to set up a connection to your Groq account. This is a one-time setup that will allow you to access Groq's AI models securely.

    To create your Groq connection:

    • From any Groq action, click on the ‘API Key’ dropdown and select 'Create connection'.

    • In the pop-up window that appears, you'll need to:

      • Enter a descriptive 'Connection Name' to identify this Groq connection

      • In the 'API Key' field, enter your Groq API key

      • Click 'Save' to store this connection

    To obtain your Groq API key:

    1. Visit https://console.groq.com/login. Log in if you already have an account. If not, sign up and complete the verification steps.

    2. Navigate to the ‘API Keys’ section.

    3. Click on 'Create API Key'.

    4. In the pop-up window, enter a name for the key in the ‘Display name for the key’ field (e.g., ‘AI Content Labs’) to help identify it later.

    5. Click 'Submit'.

    6. Copy the API key shown. Note: This key will only be displayed once, so save it securely.

    How to use Groq’s ask AI action

    Follow the connection setup steps mentioned earlier under ‘How to connect to the Groq AI platform.’

    Once connected, configure the fields as follows:

    • In the ‘Model’ field, select the model you want to use for generating completions.

    • In the ‘Question’ field, enter the input you want the model to respond to.

    • Set the value in the ‘Temperature’ field to control randomness. Lower values result in more focused and deterministic responses.

    • Set the ‘Maximum Tokens’ field to define how long the generated response can be.

    • Use the ‘Top P’ field if you're using nucleus sampling. This limits the selection of tokens based on cumulative probability.

    • Use the ‘Frequency penalty’ field to reduce the chance of repeated content.

    • Use the ‘Presence penalty’ field to encourage the model to introduce new topics.

    • If you want the model to retain chat context across different runs, enter a value in the ‘Memory Key’ field. Leave it empty for stateless responses.

    • In the ‘Roles’ field, define an array of role-based messages (e.g., system, user, assistant) to provide context or structure to the conversation.

    How to use Groq’s transcribe audio action

    Follow the connection setup instructions from the "How to connect to the Groq AI platform" section above.

    Once your connection is ready, complete the following steps:

    1. In the ‘Audio File’ field, upload or provide a valid audio file in one of the supported formats: FLAC, MP3, MP4, MPEG, MPGA, M4A, OGG, WAV, or WebM.

    2. In the ‘Model’ field, select the transcription model you want to use.

    3. In the ‘Language’ field, enter the ISO-639-1 language code of the input audio (e.g., 'en' for English).

    4. If needed, add a reference text in the ‘Prompt’ field to help guide the model (optional).

    5. Set the ‘Temperature’ to control the randomness of the transcription (range: 0 to 1). Lower values make the output more focused.

    6. Choose your preferred output format in the ‘Response Format’ field. The options include JSON, text, and Verbose JSON.

    How to use Groq’s translate audio action

    To translate audio using Groq, follow the same steps as in the ‘How to use Groq’s transcribe audio action’ section above.

    While the overall process is identical, note that the 'Translate Audio' action does not include the 'Language' field. So, you can omit the step where you're asked to input the ISO-639-1 language code. All other fields — such as ‘Audio File’, ‘Model’, ‘Prompt’, ‘Temperature’, and ‘Response Format’ — remain the same. Configure them as needed to process and translate your audio into English.

    How to use Groq’s custom API call in ZBrain Flow

    1. Follow the connection setup instructions from the "How to connect to the Groq AI platform" section above.

    2. In the ‘URL’ field, enter the complete endpoint (e.g., https://api.groq.com/openai/v1) or a relative path.

    3. Choose the appropriate HTTP request type in the ‘Method’ field (GET, POST, etc.).

    4. Click ‘Add Item’ in the ‘Headers’ section to add any custom headers if needed. Authorization headers are injected automatically based on your connection, so you don’t need to include them manually.

    5. (Optional) Use the ‘Query Parameters’ section to include any key-value pairs required by your API call.

    6. Add the request payload in the ‘Body’ field. This is usually in JSON format.

    7. Enable the ‘No Error on Failure’ option if you want the flow to continue even when the API call fails. It prevents the flow from stopping due to an error response.

    8. In the ‘Timeout (in seconds)’ field, specify how long ZBrain should wait for a response from the API before timing out. Use this to handle slow or large requests.

    Once logged in, go to your account settings or API keys section.

  • Locate Your API Keys:

    • On the account page, you will find your public API key (starting with p_) and secret API key (starting with s_).

    • Copy both keys and store them securely for authentication.

  • GenerateBanners website

    Go to the API section and copy your API Key.

  • Select the API URL – Choose between the free or paid version.

  • Click 'Save' – Your DeepL connection is now set up in ZBrain Flow.

  • Select Split Sentences Type – Define how the text should be split before translation:

    • No splitting: Treats the entire input as one sentence.

    • Split on punctuation and newlines.

    • Split on punctuation only (ignoring newlines).

  • Select Preserve Formatting – Choose Yes or No to retain the original formatting.

  • Select Formality – Adjust the tone of the translation:

    • Default

    • More formal language

    • More informal language

    • Fallback to default if the selected formality is unavailable

  • Enter Glossary ID – Specify a glossary to enforce consistent terminology translation.

  • Select Tag Handling – Choose how XML or HTML tags should be processed:

    • Enable XML tag handling

    • Enable HTML tag handling

  • Select Outline Detection – Choose Yes or No for automatic XML structure detection.

  • Enter Non-Splitting Tags – Provide a comma-separated list of XML/HTML tags that should not be split.

  • Enter Ignore Tags – Provide a comma-separated list of XML/HTML tags to be ignored.

  • Add Query Parameters – Input query parameters in the provided fields.

    • Click '+ Add Item' to add additional query parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body – Provide the request body in JSON format.

  • Enter Timeout – Specify the timeout duration in seconds.

  • DeepL Account Summary

    Create Databricks Job – Define and configure new data processing jobs.

  • Get Job Status – Monitor the execution status of Databricks jobs.

  • Run Job – Trigger the execution of Databricks jobs.

  • From the 'Grant Type' dropdown, select 'Client Credentials' as the authorization method

  • In the 'Client Id' field, enter your Databricks application client ID

  • In the 'Client Secret' field, enter your Databricks application client secret

  • Click 'Save' to store this connection

  • In the 'Job Name' field, enter a descriptive name for your job.

  • In the 'Cluster ID' field, optionally specify an existing cluster to run the job. Leave empty for Databricks to create a job cluster automatically.

  • In the 'Cron Schedule' field, optionally enter a cron expression to schedule recurring job runs.

  • From the 'Timezone' dropdown, select the time zone for scheduled job execution. This affects when cron-scheduled jobs will run.

  • In the 'Max Concurrent Runs' field, set the maximum number of job instances that can run simultaneously. The default is 1, which prevents multiple instances of the same job from running at once.

  • dbc-f12da6c0-8761.cloud.databricks.com

    Testing each step in a Flow

    Learn how to validate and test your Flow to ensure accuracy and reliability.

    How to access and integrate a Flow

    Learn how to integrate a flow into your product

    How to update a Flow and manage version history?

    Understand how to update a Flow and track the versions of a Flow

    Flow Runs and logs

    Understand how to get a consolidated view of the detailed execution history of your Flows

    Key elements of a Flow

    Understand the essential building blocks that form a complete Flow.

    Key elements of a Flow

    Flow components

    Explore third-party tools ZBrain Builder supports and integration steps

    Flow Components

    How to create a Flow (Step-by-step)

    Follow step-by-step instructions on creating your custom Flow from scratch.

    How to create a Flow

    Role-based access control in Flow

    Understand how to provide role-based access to a flow

    Role-based access for Flows

    : Select this to review the file and examine the chunks created.
  • Delete File: Choose this option to delete the file. A confirmation pop-up will appear asking if you are sure you want to proceed.

  • Data integration and flexibility

    ZBrain’s Knowledge Base enables seamless data ingestion from a wide range of sources and formats, including documents (PDF, TXT, CSV, JSON, DOCX, PPTX, XLSX), images (BMP, GIF, JPG, PNG), and videos (AVI, FLV, MKV, MOV, MP4, MPEG, MPG, WEBM, WMV). Users can import data from a variety of tools and platforms, including:

    • Web URLs

    • Google Sheets

    • Notion

    • MongoDB

    • ServiceNow

    • Confluence

    • JIRA

    • PostgreSQL

    • AWS RedShift

    • SharePoint

    • Microsoft Teams

    • OneDrive

    • Google Drive

    • Webhook

    • ElasticSearch

    • Google Slides

    • Google Docs

    This flexibility ensures comprehensive data connectivity, allowing users to build a robust knowledge repository and integrate diverse datasets effortlessly into their AI applications and agents.

    Automated Reasoning

    ZBrain’s Automated Reasoning enhances query processing by extracting rules and variables from the knowledge base and applying logic-driven policies to deliver accurate inferences. It offers an interactive environment where users can test logic with sample queries, observe how variables and rules are applied, and refine them in real-time. This rule-based, data-driven approach ensures more precise, consistent, and explainable responses, making AI outputs more reliable and aligned with business logic.

    Structure and organization

    The knowledge base offers information schema capability to transform unstructured data like PDF and text files into structured information through advanced processing. This structured data is essential for extracting meaningful insights and facilitating decision-making processes. By leveraging Large Language Models (LLMs), the system can effectively analyze and interpret large volumes of data, making it readily available for querying.

    Retrieval and optimization

    ZBrain delivers fast, context-aware retrieval through two complementary retrieval methods.

    Vector store retrieval: Choose vector search, full-text search, or hybrid search to quickly surface the most relevant documents.

    Knowledge graph retrieval: Select from five strategies: naïve, local, global, hybrid, and mix to define how much information is retrieved and how deeply relationships are analyzed.

    These options enable you to tailor retrieval for speed, accuracy, or semantic richness, ensuring that queries return the correct information with minimal latency.

    Customizable settings, such as Top K results, score thresholds, and search modes, enable you to fine-tune retrieval behavior for optimal performance. Once parameters are configured and the knowledge base is created, users can perform retrieval testing by running sample queries. The system intelligently identifies, ranks, and surfaces the most relevant data chunks based on the selected criteria, ensuring that LLMs deliver precise, high-quality responses aligned with your business context.

    Note: For more information on vector search, full-text search, hybrid search, Top K results, and score thresholds, please refer to How to create a knowledge base using vector store?

    For further details on naïve, local, global, hybrid, and mixed retrieval strategies, please refer to How to create a knowledge base using knowledge graph? | ZBrain Documentation

    Secure and scalable storage

    ZBrain’s Knowledge Base supports multiple vector stores for efficient data indexing and retrieval, providing full flexibility across storage providers. It is storage-agnostic, allowing you to choose from options like Pinecone for scalable vector indexing, Chroma DB for fast, open-source vector search, and Economical (ZBrain’s built-in vector store) for cost-effective management. You can also add your own custom vector store as needed. Additionally, ZBrain leverages secure storage through ZBrain S3 storage, ensuring safe and efficient data handling while delivering precise retrieval results without any additional token costs.

    Continuous improvement and customization

    The knowledge base allows users to refine and customize their data-handling strategies. Users can configure chunking rules, choose the preferred embedding models, select appropriate vector stores, and set retrieval parameters such as search type, top K results, and score thresholds. These flexible configurations ensure that the knowledge base aligns with specific business needs, thereby enhancing the accuracy and relevance of AI-generated responses.

    Summary and management

    Users can generate summaries of their documents using available models, providing a concise overview of the content. The knowledge base interface allows for easy management of data chunks, including editing, disabling, or adding new chunks. This ensures that the stored information remains relevant and up-to-date.

    In summary, the knowledge base in ZBrain is designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible interface for data integration, storage, and retrieval. It underpins the effectiveness of ZBrain's AI applications and agents, ensuring they deliver accurate, relevant, and context-specific responses.

    Accessing knowledge base documentation

    ZBrain includes a context-aware documentation panel within the Knowledge module.

    • Click the '?' icon in the top-right corner of the Knowledge interface.

    • When clicked, it opens a side panel that displays documentation specifically tailored to the Knowledge module, all without navigating away from your current screen.

    This feature ensures you always have relevant documentation at your fingertips, helping you make the most of ZBrain's knowledge ingestion and retrieval capabilities to create an effective Knowledge Base without leaving the module.

    Search for Drip in the available integrations.

  • Select any Drip action to configure it.

  • How to Create a Drip Connection in ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter the Connection Name – Provide a name to identify your Drip connection.

    2. Enter the API Key – This key is required for authentication.

    How to Get an API Key from Drip:

    1. Log in to your Drip account.

    2. Navigate to the User Menu:

      • Click on your profile picture (top right corner).

      • Select User Settings from the dropdown menu.

    3. Access the API Section:

      • In User Settings, find and click on the ‘API’ tab.

    4. Generate a New API Key:

      • Click ‘Generate New API Token’.

      • Provide a name for your API key to help identify its purpose.

      • Click ‘Generate Token’.

    5. Copy the API Key:

    • The API key will be displayed only once. Copy and store it securely. 3. Click 'Save' – Your Drip connection is now ready for use in ZBrain Flow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Apply a Tag to a Subscriber

    This action assigns a specific tag to a subscriber in Drip for segmentation.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API Key.

    • Select the Drip account.

    • Enter the subscriber’s email.

    • Enter the tag to apply.

    2. Add a Subscriber to a Campaign

    This action enrolls a subscriber into a Drip email campaign.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API Key.

    • Select the Drip account.

    • Enter the email series campaign.

    • Enter the subscriber’s email.

    • Enter the tag to apply (click '+ Add Item' to apply multiple tags).

    • Add custom fields with subscriber details (click '+ Add Item' to add fields).

    3. Create/Update Subscriber

    This action creates a new Drip subscriber or updates an existing one.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API Key.

    • Select the Drip account.

    • Enter the subscriber’s email.

    • Apply tags by clicking '+ Add Item.'

    • Add custom fields by clicking '+ Add Item'.

    • Provide additional details:

      • First Name

      • Last Name

      • Zip Code

    4. Custom API Call

    This action allows you to make a custom API request to any Drip endpoint.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Enter the API Key.

    • Enter the API Endpoint URL.

    • Select the HTTP Method:

      • GET – Retrieve data.

      • POST – Send data.

      • PATCH – Modify existing data.

      • PUT – Update or replace data.

      • DELETE – Remove data.

      • HEAD – Fetch headers only.

    • Add Headers – Enter request headers in the provided input fields.

      • Authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    • Add Query Parameters – Specify query parameters to customize the API request.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide the request payload in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define the request timeout duration.

    Add label

    Search for Discourse in the list of available integrations.

  • Select the desired action to configure it in the Flow.

  • How to Create a Discourse Connection in ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter Connection Name – Assign a name to identify your Discourse connection.

    2. Enter API Key – Required to authenticate requests.

    3. Enter API Username – The username associated with the API key.

    4. Obtain API Key and API Username by following these steps:

      • Log in to your Discourse Admin account.

      • Navigate to the Admin Panel:

        • Click on your profile picture (top-right).

        • Select ‘Admin’ from the dropdown.

      • Go to the API Section:

        • Click ‘Settings’ → ‘API’.

      • Generate a New API Key:

        • Click ‘New API Key’.

        • Fill in the details:

          • Description – Name your API key.

      • Copy the API Key – You will only see it once, so store it securely.

      • If ‘Single User’ was selected, enter the username of the associated user.

    5. Enter Website URL – Provide your Discourse instance URL (e.g., https://discourse.yourinstance.com).

    6. Click ‘Save’ – Your Discourse connection is now set up in ZBrain Flow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Post

    Create a new post on an existing Discourse topic.

    How to Configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create one.

    • Enter the Post content.

    • Enter the Topic ID where the post should be created.

    2. Create Topic

    Start a new discussion topic in Discourse.

    How to Configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create one.

    • Enter the post title.

    • Enter the topic content.

    • Enter the category ID to assign the topic.

    3. Change User Trust Level

    Modify a user's trust level in Discourse.

    How to Configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create one.

    • Enter the user ID.

    • Enter the new trust level.

    4. Add Users to a Group

    Assign users to a specific group in Discourse.

    How to Configure:

    • Select an existing connection or create one.

    • Enter the Group ID.

    • Add users by clicking ‘+ Add Item.’

    5. Send Private Messages

    Send a private message to specific users on Discourse.

    How to Configure:

    1. Select an existing connection or create one.

    2. Enter the message title.

    3. Enter the message content.

    4. Add users by clicking ‘+ Add Item.’

    6. Custom API Call

    Perform a custom API request to a specific Discourse endpoint.

    How to Configure:

    1. Select an existing connection or create one.

    2. Enter the HTTP Method – Choose from:

      • GET (Retrieve data)

      • POST (Send data)

      • PATCH (Modify data)

      • PUT (Update or replace data)

      • DELETE (Remove data)

      • HEAD (Fetch headers only)

    3. Add Headers – Define request headers using the provided input fields. Authorization headers are automatically injected from your connection.

    4. Add Query Parameters – Enter query parameters using the designated input fields to customize API requests.

    5. Enter JSON Body – Provide request data in JSON format.

    6. Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define the request timeout duration.

    Initiate Google Forms Integration
    • Click the ‘+’ button to add a new integration.

  • Search for Google Forms

    • In the search bar, type “Google Forms” and select it from the available integrations.

  • Choose an Action

    • Select the action you need, such as retrieving responses or creating a custom API call.

  • How to Connect Google Forms to ZBrain Flow

    To enable seamless interaction between Google Forms and ZBrain Flow, you need to establish a secure connection using OAuth authentication.

    Connection Establishment Steps

    1. Enter a Connection Name

      • Provide a unique name to identify your Google Forms connection in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Click 'Connect'

      • This will initiate the authentication process for Google Forms.

    3. Log in to Google Forms

      • A Google login pop-up will appear.

      • Enter your Google account credentials and proceed.

    4. Grant Permissions

      • Approve the required OAuth permissions for ZBrain Flow.

      • This allows ZBrain Flow to retrieve responses and manage form data securely.

    5. Save the Connection

      • Click ‘Save’ to finalize the connection setup.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call feature allows users to directly interact with the Google Forms API, enabling advanced operations and custom integrations beyond standard actions.

    Configuration Steps

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One

      • Choose a previously created Google Forms connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the API Endpoint URL

      • Use a full URL or relative path to the Google Forms API.

      • Example API Endpoint:

        https://forms.googleapis.com/v1/forms/{formId}/responses

    3. Select the HTTP Method

      • Choose the request type based on the action needed:

        • GET – Retrieve form details or responses.

        • POST – Submit responses programmatically.

    4. Add Headers

      • Define additional headers required for the API request.

      • Authorization headers are automatically injected.

      • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters

      • Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options.

      • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body

      • Provide structured request data in JSON format.

      • Example JSON request:

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds)

      • Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Integration Steps
    1. Initiate GitLab Integration

      • Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow to add a new integration.

    2. Search for GitLab

      • In the search bar, type “GitLab” and select it from the available integrations.

    3. Choose an Action

      • Select an action (e.g., Create Issue or Custom API Call) to begin the setup.

    How to Create a GitLab Connection in ZBrain Flow

    Before using GitLab actions in ZBrain Flow, you need to establish a secure connection between GitLab and ZBrain Flow.

    Connection Establishment Steps

    1. Enter a Connection Name

      • Provide a unique name to identify the GitLab connection in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Click 'Connect'

      • Start the authentication process to establish a link between GitLab and ZBrain Flow.

    3. Log in to GitLab

      • A pop-up window will appear, prompting you to log in to your GitLab account.

      • Enter your credentials and proceed with authentication.

    4. Grant Permissions

      • Approve the necessary OAuth permissions to allow ZBrain Flow to access GitLab.

      • Permissions may include repository access, issue tracking, and project data retrieval.

    5. Save the Connection

      • Click ‘Save’ to complete the setup.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Issue

    Creates a new issue in a selected GitLab project.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing GitLab connection or create a new one.

    • Select the GitLab project where the issue should be created.

    • Enter the title of the issue.

    • Enter a detailed description of the issue.

    2. Custom API Call

    Enables users to send custom API requests to GitLab for advanced operations beyond predefined actions.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One

      • Choose a previously created GitLab connection or set up a new one.

    2. Enter the API Endpoint URL

      • Use a full URL or relative path to the GitLab API base URL.

      • Example: https://gitlab.com/api/v4/projects/{project_id}/issues

    3. Select the HTTP Method

      • Choose the appropriate request type:

      • GET – Retrieve issue details, repository information, or user data.

      • POST – Create new issues, comments, or repository events.

    4. Add Headers

      • Define any additional headers required for the API request.

      • Authorization headers are automatically injected.

      • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters

      • Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options.

      • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body

      • Provide structured request data in JSON format.

      • Example:

    1. Set Timeout (in Seconds)

    • Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Bannerbear

    Automate image and video creation by integrating Bannerbear with ZBrain Flow to generate marketing visuals and social media content at scale.

    Bannerbear in ZBrain Flow is a powerful platform that automates image generation with AI. It allows you to create dynamic, on-demand visuals from pre-defined templates, making it easy to generate personalized images for marketing campaigns, social media posts, or product listings—all without manual design work.

    How to Integrate Bannerbear with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign (+) to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bannerbear” Type “Bannerbear” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

    3. Choose the Desired Task Select the Create Image or Custom API Call action, depending on your workflow requirements.

    Tasks You Can Perform on Bannerbear

    • Create Image Generate a new image based on a Bannerbear template. You can map dynamic data (like text, images, or color values) from previous steps to populate template fields.

    • Custom API Call Make a tailored API request to Bannerbear’s endpoints for more advanced use cases. This provides flexibility to access or modify Bannerbear data beyond the standard actions.

    Create Image

    Generate a new image based on a Bannerbear template. You can map dynamic data (like text, images, or color values) from previous steps to populate template fields.

    How to Configure the “Create Image” Action with Bannerbear in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create Image” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bannerbear”

      • Type “Bannerbear” in the search bar and select

    Step 2: Create a Bannerbear Connection

    1. Under API Key, choose the Bannerbear connection or Create a new connection.

      • Name Your Connection

        • Enter a recognizable name (e.g., “Bannerbear”).

    Step 3: Configure the “Create Image” Action

    1. Template

      • Enter the Template ID from your Bannerbear dashboard. This corresponds to the specific template you want to use for image generation.

    2. Template Version (Optional)

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • Once you’ve specified all necessary details, click Save or Done to confirm.

    2. Run the Flow

    Custom API Call

    Make a tailored API request to Bannerbear’s endpoints for more advanced use cases. This provides flexibility to access or modify Bannerbear data beyond the standard actions.

    How to Configure the “Custom API Call” Action with Bannerbear in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Custom API Call” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bannerbear”

      • Type “Bannerbear”

    Step 2: Create a Bannerbear Connection

    1. Under API Key, choose the Bannerbear connection or Create a new connection.

      • Name Your Connection

        • Enter a recognizable name (e.g., “Bannerbear”).

    • Use the Existing Connection

    If you’ve previously created a Bannerbear connection, you can select it directly in the API Key dropdown within the “Custom API Call” step.

    Step 3: Configure the Request Details

    1. URL

      • Enter the Bannerbear API endpoint you wish to call (e.g., https://sync.api.bannerbear.com/v2/images).

    2. Method

    Step 4. Save and Test

    1. Save the Step

      • Once you’ve filled in the required details, click Save or Done to confirm.

    2. Run the Flow

    How to create a knowledge base using vector store?

    Learn how to create a Knowledge Graph in ZBrain Builder, configure chunking and retrieval modes, and enable agentic retrieval for deeper, context-aware insights

    Vector store selection (Default option)

    If you have selected the vector store option in your RAG definition, you will be able to choose from the available vector stores listed below:

    • Pinecone: This option leverages the scalability of Pinecone, a third-party vector indexing service, directly within ZBrain.

    • Economical: This option utilizes ZBrain's built-in vector store with cost-effective vector engines and keyword indexes for efficient data handling.

    • Chroma: This option utilizes ChromaDB, a high-performance open-source vector database optimized for applications leveraging large language models. It offers robust support for embeddings, vector search, document storage, full-text search, metadata filtering, and multi-modal capabilities.

    • Add new connection: To use your vector store, provide the necessary API key and credentials. You can choose from Pinecone Hosted or Qdrant for vector storage. Input the connection name and enter the API key to establish the connection. To get an API key from Pinecone Hosted, follow these steps:

      • Open the Pinecone console and log in to your account.

      • Select your project from the list of projects.

    After filling in all the required details, click ‘Add’ to complete the process.

    File store selection

    • ZBrain S3 storage: This option uses the platform’s own secure, scalable storage system for efficient data management. It offers enhanced data management features and precise retrieval results without incurring additional token costs.

    Chunk settings

    Configure the chunk settings as part of the setup process. For detailed instructions, refer to the Data Refinement Tuning guide.

    Retrieval settings

    ZBrain offers various retrieval settings to define how users can search and retrieve information from a knowledge base. Here's an overview of the available settings:

    For vector store selection

    • Search type: You can choose between three search types:

      • Vector search: This method uses vector representations of text data for efficient retrieval.

      • Full-text search: This method indexes all terms within your documents, allowing users to search and retrieve documents based on keywords.

    Embedding model

    • Choose the embedding type that best suits your use case to optimize text representation and improve performance.

    Upon selecting a vector store in the RAG definition, the following embedding models are available for use:

    • It will then display the proposed document and the estimated number of chunks for your review.

    • You can check the approximate cost and credits consumed for each vector store creation. Actual values will depend on the number of chunks.

    • Click ‘Details’ on ‘Credit Usage’ to reveal credits consumed for knowledge base creation.

    Agentic Retrieval

    This is a retrieval strategy where an LLM actively plans and decomposes a complex query into smaller sub-queries to guide information retrieval. It relies on having enough context (e.g., a full question rather than a single word) to create a structured search plan. This allows the agent or app to orchestrate both keyword and semantic search engines for more accurate, context-aware results.

    Enabling Agentic Retrieval

    To enable and configure Agentic Retrieval:

    • Toggle on the Agentic Retrieval switch.

    • From the Agentic Retrieval Model dropdown, select the LLM (e.g., gpt-4o) to be used for orchestrating the sub-query planning and execution.

    • Once you have confirmed your selections, click the ‘Next’ button.

    Execute and finish

    On this screen, review all the details of the knowledge base you have provided earlier. If everything appears accurate, click the ‘Manage Knowledge Base’ button to complete the creation process. You can monitor the embedding progress of the knowledge base in real-time using the slider, whether it has been created or is currently in progress.

    Your newly created knowledge base is now accessible for use within your ZBrain solutions. You can create additional knowledge bases by clicking on the ‘Add’ button or delete existing ones using the ‘Delete’ button.

    You will receive clear, contextual error feedback when indexing fails during Knowledge Base creation, along with detailed explanations of the errors. Each error provides actionable guidance (e.g., verify API keys, check permissions) to help you resolve issues quickly.

    Note: If a knowledge base is initially created using a knowledge graph, the vector store option is hidden for all subsequent document uploads under that knowledge base and vice versa.

    Freshdesk

    Integrate Freshdesk with ZBrain to manage support tickets, contacts, and automate customer workflows.

    Freshdesk is a cloud-based customer support platform that helps businesses manage customer interactions through ticketing, automation, and multi-channel support. It enables teams to efficiently handle customer queries via email, chat, phone, social media, and self-service portals. Freshdesk also offers AI-powered automation, analytics, and integrations to improve response times and enhance customer satisfaction.

    How to Integrate Freshdesk with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Freshdesk with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. In the search bar, type "Freshdesk" and select it from the available options.

    3. Choose an available action to start the setup process.

    How to Create a Connection Between Freshdesk and ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Freshdesk and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    2. Enter the Base URL and API Token – These credentials are required for authentication.

    3. Click ‘Save’ – This completes the connection setup.

    How to Retrieve Base URL and API Token from Freshdesk

    Base URL:

    • Log in to your Freshdesk account.

    • The base URL follows this format:

    Replace yourdomain with your actual Freshdesk subdomain.

    API Token:

    • Click on your profile picture in the top-right corner.

    • Select "Profile Settings".

    • In the right panel, locate and click ‘View API Key.’

    • Complete the captcha verification to reveal and copy your API key.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    1. Get Tickets

    Retrieves a list of support tickets from Freshdesk, allowing for automated tracking and reporting.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Get Contact from ID

    Fetches detailed information about a specific contact in Freshdesk using a Contact ID.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Contact ID.

    Where to Find Contact ID in Freshdesk?

    • Log in to Freshdesk.

    • Navigate to Contacts from the dashboard.

    • Click on a contact to open their details.

    • The Contact ID is visible in the URL.

    Example:

    Here, 56789 is the Contact ID.

    3. Get Ticket Status

    Retrieves the current status (e.g., Open, Pending, Resolved, or Closed) of a specific support ticket.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Ticket ID to fetch its status.

    Where to Find Ticket ID in Freshdesk?

    • Log in to Freshdesk.

    • Go to the Tickets section from the dashboard.

    • Each ticket has a unique Ticket ID displayed next to its title or in the ticket URL.

    Example:

    Here, 12345 is the Ticket ID.

    4. Get Freshdesk Contacts

    Retrieves a list of contacts from Freshdesk, with optional filtering to refine results.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose an optional filter:

      • Email

      • Mobile

    5. Get All Tickets by Status

    Fetches support tickets filtered by their status.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose one or more ticket statuses:

      • Open

      • Pending

    6. Custom API Call

    Allows users to execute API requests to Freshdesk for advanced operations.

    Configuration Steps

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the HTTP Method:

      • GET – Retrieve tickets, contacts, or other data.

      • POST – Create new contacts or tickets.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Freshsales

    Use the Freshsales connection in ZBrain Flow to automatically find, create, or update your sales contacts.

    Freshsales is a customer relationship management (CRM) platform that helps businesses manage leads, track sales activities, and automate workflows. It offers advanced features like AI-driven lead scoring, email tracking, and built-in phone capabilities to streamline customer interactions.

    How to Integrate Freshsales with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Freshsales with ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. In the search bar, type "Freshsales" and select it from the list of available options.

    3. Choose the desired action to initiate the setup process.

    How to Connect Freshsales to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Freshsales and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    2. Enter the Bundle Alias and API Key.

    How to Get the Bundle Alias and API Key from Freshsales?

    Bundle Alias

    • Log in to your Freshsales account.

    • Click on your profile picture in the top right corner.

    • Select Profile Settings.

    • Navigate to the API Settings tab.

    API Key

    • Click on your profile picture in the top right corner.

    • Select Profile Settings.

    • Go to the API Settings tab.

    • Locate your API Key in the field labeled "Your API Key." 3. Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Freshsales to create and update contacts and perform API-based actions.

    Available Actions in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Contact

    This action allows you to create a new contact in Freshsales.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the following contact details:

      • First and last name

      • Job title (designation within their organization)

    2. Custom API Call

    This action allows users to make direct API requests to Freshsales for advanced operations.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Choose the HTTP Method that aligns with your action:

      • GET – Retrieve tickets, contacts, or other data.

      • POST – Create new contacts or records.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Google Tasks

    Automate task creation, list management, and custom workflows in Google Tasks using ZBrain Flow components

    Google Tasks is a task management tool by Google that allows users to create, organize, and track to-do lists across multiple devices. It integrates seamlessly with Google Workspace apps like Gmail and Google Calendar, enabling users to set due dates, add subtasks, and manage daily tasks efficiently. With its simple interface and cloud synchronization, Google Tasks helps individuals and teams stay organized and boost productivity.

    How to Integrate Google Tasks with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Google Tasks with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    1. Click the ‘+’ Button

      • Locate and click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow to initiate a new integration.

    2. Search for Google Tasks

      • In the search bar, type "Google Tasks" and select it from the available integration options.

    3. Choose an Action

      • Select the specific action you want to perform with Google Tasks (e.g., adding tasks, managing task lists, or making a custom API call).

    Once integrated, ZBrain Flow can automate Google Tasks functions such as task creation, list management, and custom task-related workflows.

    How to Connect Google Tasks to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Google Tasks and ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    1. Enter a Connection Name

      • Provide a unique name to easily identify your Google Tasks connection in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Click ‘Connect’

      • Initiate the authentication process to connect Google Tasks to ZBrain Flow.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Google Tasks to create and manage tasks in an automated manner, reducing manual effort.

    Actions Available in Google Tasks Integration

    1. Add Task

    This action allows users to create new tasks in Google Tasks.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a pre-configured Google Tasks connection or create a new one.

    • Select the Task List: Choose the task list where the new task should be added.

    • Enter the Task Title: Provide a name for the task.

    • Enter Notes: Add extra details or instructions for the task.

    2. Custom API Call

    This feature enables users to make direct API calls to Google Tasks, allowing for more advanced interactions beyond standard actions.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One

      • Choose an active Google Tasks connection or set up a new one.

    • Enter the API Endpoint URL

      • Use the full API URL or the relative path to the base URL for the Google Tasks API.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Confluence

    Automate documentation by integrating Confluence with ZBrain Flow to create pages, add comments, and make custom API calls.

    Confluence, developed by Atlassian, is a powerful collaboration and documentation platform that helps teams create, organize, and share content in a centralized space. It’s ideal for knowledge management, project documentation, and team collaboration.

    How to use Confluence in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Add Confluence to Flow

    To begin integrating Confluence with your ZBrain Flow:

    1. Click the ‘+’ icon in the ZBrain Flow interface.

    2. In the search bar, type “Confluence”.

    3. From the list of available integrations, select Confluence.

    4. Choose the appropriate action you want to perform. The available actions are detailed below:

    How to create a Confluence connection in ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between ZBrain Flow and Confluence:

    1. Connection name: Enter a name for your connection for easy identification.

    2. Account email: Provide the email address linked to your Atlassian account for basic authentication.

    3. API token: Paste the API token you’ve obtained from Atlassian.

    4. Confluence domain: Enter your Confluence domain (e.g., https://your-domain.atlassian.net

    Steps to get an API token from Atlassian:

    1. Log in to your Atlassian account.

    2. Under Security, click Create API token.

    3. Give your API token a meaningful name that describes its purpose (e.g., “ZBrain Integration”).

    4. Set an expiration date for the token, which can be from 1 day to 1 year.

    How to get page content

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Select an existing Confluence connection or create a new one. This defines the authenticated link between ZBrain Flow and your Confluence workspace.

    • Page ID: Enter the unique identifier of the Confluence page you want to retrieve. You can find this ID in the URL of the page. For example, in https://yourdomain.atlassian.net/wiki/spaces/ABC/pages/123456789/Page+Title, the number 123456789 is the Page ID.

    • Include descendants: Enable this option to fetch all child (nested) pages beneath the specified page. This is useful for retrieving full content hierarchies, such as an entire knowledge base section or documentation tree.

    How to create a page from template

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Choose a valid Confluence connection from your list or configure a new one.

    • Space: Select the Confluence space where the new page should reside. Spaces are content containers used to organize documentation by team, project, or function.

    • Template: Choose from predefined templates available in the selected space. These templates often include formatted sections and placeholder variables to streamline content creation.

    How to Make a Custom API Call

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Select a previously saved Confluence connection or create a new one.

    • URL: Provide either the full or relative URL of the REST API endpoint you wish to call. Example (relative path): /wiki/rest/api/content/{pageId} Example (full path): https://your-domain.atlassian.net/wiki/rest/api/content/123456789

    • HTTP Method: Choose the appropriate HTTP method based on the action you want to perform:

    Add multiple headers as required using the '+ Add Item' option.

    • Query Parameters: Use query parameters to customize your request. Example: ?limit=10 to limit the number of returned results. Add multiple parameters as needed using the '+ Add Item' option.

    • JSON Body: Required for methods like POST, PUT, or PATCH. The body defines what content or data is being sent to Confluence.

      Example Payload for a PATCH request:

    AITable

    Streamline your database and spreadsheet management by integrating AITable.so with ZBrain Flow to automate record manipulation and data queries.

    AITable in ZBrain Flow is a cloud-based, collaborative platform that combines a spreadsheet's features with a database’s functionalities, enabling users to create, update, and retrieve records within datasheets. It offers seamless data handling with operations such as record creation, modification, and lookup, along with custom API calls for advanced integrations.

    To integrate AITable with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for AITable in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below-listed tasks on AITable:

    Automated reasoning

    Learn how ZBrain’s automated reasoning feature extracts rules and variables from your knowledge base to deliver precise, consistent, and logic-driven AI responses.

    The automated reasoning feature enables the system to analyze and process the knowledge base you upload, automatically extracting relevant rules and variables to reason through queries. This helps generate precise, consistent answers by leveraging predefined rules, conditions, and structured data. The feature ensures decision-making is informed by the rules and variables embedded in the knowledge base, enhancing the model's ability to provide contextual, data-driven responses. Here's an overview of how the feature works and how to use it effectively.

    1. Creating policies

    To begin the automated reasoning process, you need to create a policy. A policy helps define how queries will be processed using the reasoning model and logic extracted from the knowledge base.

    Date Helper

    Use the ZBrain Date Helper to easily handle all date and time operations in your workflows, including formatting, calculations, and adjustments.

    The Date Helper piece in ZBrain Flow provides comprehensive date and time manipulation capabilities for your workflows. This versatile tool allows you to work with dates in various formats, calculate time differences, extract specific components of dates, and perform date arithmetic operations. Whether you need to schedule events, calculate durations, format timestamps, or determine specific days, the Date Helper offers a complete set of time-related functions without requiring custom code.

    How to Use Date Helper in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Select Date Helper as Your Connection

    Contentful

    Use the Contentful component in ZBrain Flow to automatically create and update reusable content for any of your digital platforms.

    Contentful is a content management system (CMS) designed to help you create, manage, and distribute content across various platforms. Unlike traditional CMSs, Contentful is headless, focusing solely on managing content without being tied to a specific front-end presentation layer.

    How to Integrate Contentful with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Contentful with ZBrain Flow:

    Dust

    Enhance workflows in ZBrain with Dust AI’s customizable assistants, secure data integration, and team collaboration tools.

    Dust is an AI platform that enhances team collaboration and efficiency with customizable AI assistants integrated with internal data. It supports multiple AI models, enabling businesses to streamline workflows and foster innovation. With enterprise-grade security, Dust ensures data privacy while offering seamless collaboration through features like shared conversations and Slack integration.

    How to Integrate Dust with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow.

    GhostCMS

    Integrating GhostCMS in ZBrain flows lets you create, update, and manage posts, members, and users using secure API connections.

    GhostCMS is a modern, open-source content management system designed for professional publishing. It provides a powerful and flexible platform for bloggers, content creators, and businesses to manage and deliver digital content efficiently. With a focus on simplicity, speed, and SEO optimization, GhostCMS allows users to create, schedule, and manage posts, newsletters, and memberships.

    How to Integrate GhostCMS with ZBrain Flow

    To seamlessly integrate GhostCMS with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

    Google Calendar

    Connect Google Calendar with ZBrain Flow to automatically create, update, or find events in your schedule.

    Google Calendar is a time management and scheduling service developed by Google. It enables users to create, manage, and share events and appointments across devices, making it ideal for personal planning, meeting coordination, and collaborative scheduling.

    To integrate Google Calendar with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Google Calendar in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below-listed tasks:

    {
      "responses": [
        {
          "formId": "1234567890abcdef",
          "answers": {
            "question1": "Response 1",
            "question2": "Response 2"
          }
        }
      ]
    }
    {
      "title": "New GitLab Issue",
      "description": "Detailed description of the issue",
      "assignee_ids": [12345],
      "labels": "bug, urgent"
    }
    Country
  • State

  • City

  • Phone Number

  • Address

  • User Level – Choose All Users or Single User.

  • Scope – Set permissions (Granular, Read-only, or Global).

  • Click ‘Save’ to generate the API key.

  • PATCH – Modify form metadata, update settings, or change response configurations.

  • PUT – Replace existing form configurations.

  • DELETE – Remove responses or form entries.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving actual data.

  • PATCH – Modify issue metadata, repository settings, or labels.

  • PUT – Update existing records.

  • DELETE – Remove issues, comments, or repositories.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving actual data.

  • Create Image
    from the available actions.
    API Key
    • Paste your Bannerbear API Key, which you can obtain from your Bannerbear account.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize. Your new Bannerbear connection is now ready to use.

  • Specify which version of the template you’d like to render. If left blank, Bannerbear defaults to the latest version.
  • Transparent Background (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you need the generated image to have a transparent background.

  • Render or PDF (Toggle)

    • Switch between PNG or PDF output. If you need a PDF version, enable this toggle.

  • Metadata (Optional)

    • Provide additional metadata for advanced use cases. This can include custom fields or tracking information you want associated with the generated image.

  • Test your flow to verify that the “Create Image” step communicates properly with Bannerbear.
  • Check the Output

    • Review the generated image link or PDF URL in the flow’s output to ensure the final design matches your expectations.

  • in the search bar and select
    Custom API Call
    from the available options.
    API Key
    • Paste your Bannerbear API Key, which you can obtain from your Bannerbear account.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize. Your new Bannerbear connection is now ready to use.

  • Choose the HTTP method (e.g., GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) based on the Bannerbear endpoint you want to interact with.
  • Headers

    • The Authorization header (with your API key) will typically be added automatically once you select your Bannerbear connection.

    • Add any additional headers if required by the specific Bannerbear endpoint.

  • Query Parameters (Optional)

    • If the endpoint requires query parameters, click Add Item under Query Parameters and fill in the key-value pairs.

  • Body (Optional or Required)

    • Provide the JSON body in the Body field for POST or PUT requests.

    • Include fields like template, modifications, or other data as needed by the Bannerbear API documentation.

  • No Error on Failure (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want the flow to continue even if the API call returns an error.

  • Timeout (in seconds) (Optional)

    • Specify how long the step should wait before timing out. If left blank, a default timeout is used.

  • Test your flow to ensure the “Custom API Call” communicates correctly with Bannerbear.
  • Check the Output

    • Inspect the output to verify that the API call returned the expected result.

    • If the response doesn’t match your expectations, adjust the endpoint, request body, or headers as needed.

  • You will find your Bundle Alias below your API Key.

    Email and work number

  • Address, city, state, ZIP code, and country

  • Territory ID (region or division the contact belongs to)

  • Owner ID (sales rep responsible for the contact)

  • Subscription status (contact’s email subscription preferences)

  • Medium (source through which the contact found your website/app)

  • Campaign ID (campaign that led to the contact’s engagement)

  • Keyword (search term associated with the contact)

  • Time zone

  • Social media profiles (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn)

  • Contact status ID (indicates whether the contact is active, inactive, or another status)

  • Sales account ID (the organization the contact is associated with)

  • PATCH – Update existing records.

  • PUT – Replace complete records.

  • DELETE – Permanently remove data.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving content.

  • Add Headers – Specify any additional headers needed for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically included. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more headers.

  • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests by adding query parameters to filter results or define specific options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include additional parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body – Input structured request data in JSON format.

  • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Configure a timeout duration to prevent processing delays.

  • Log in to Google Tasks

    • A pop-up window will appear prompting you to sign in to your Google account.

    • Enter your Google credentials and authorize access to Google Tasks.

  • Grant Permissions

    • Approve the necessary OAuth permissions to enable ZBrain Flow to access and manage your Google Tasks.

    • These permissions allow ZBrain Flow to create, update, and delete tasks securely.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click ‘Save’ to complete the setup.

  • Enable/Disable the ‘Completed’ Option: Toggle this option to mark the task as completed upon creation.

  • Select the HTTP Method

    • Choose the appropriate HTTP request type:

    • GET – Retrieve details of tasks or task lists.

    • POST – Create new tasks or task lists.

    • PATCH – Modify existing tasks (e.g., update status, change details).

    • PUT – Replace task content entirely.

    • DELETE – Remove tasks permanently.

    • HEAD – Retrieve only response headers without fetching actual data.

  • Add Headers

    • Define any additional headers required for the API request.

    • Authentication headers are automatically included. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more headers.

  • Add Query Parameters

    • Customize API requests by adding filters or additional options.

    • Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body

    • Provide structured request data in JSON format for detailed API interactions.

  • Set Timeout (in Seconds)

    • Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

  • Create Record: Add a new entry to a datasheet.

  • Update Record: Updates an existing record in a datasheet.

  • Find Record: Find records in the datasheet.

  • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

  • Create Record

    Add a new entry to a datasheet.

    How to Configure Create Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: To connect to AITable, you must first obtain an AITable token, which is the token of the AITable account. Follow the below-mentioned steps to get the toke:

    • Log in to your AITable account.

    • Visit https://apitable.com/workbench

    • Click on your profile picture (Bottom left).

    • Click on "My Settings".

    • Click on "Developer".

    • Click on "Generate new token".

    • Copy the token.

    Step 2: Once you get the token, set up the connection.

    • Click on Create a new connection in the Connection field.

    • Provide a connection name in the Connection Name field.

    • Provide the token details in the Token field.

    • In the Instance Url field, provide the URL of the AITable instance.

    • Save the connection.

    Step 3: Select the Space value from the drop-down, the workspace or environment where your datasheets are organized and stored. It’s essentially a container for your data assets, helping you manage and control access to different datasheets within the platform.

    Step 4: Select the data sheet where you want to create the record from the Datasheet drop-down.

    • Configure Optional Settings

      1. Continue on Failure: Toggle this on if you want the flow to proceed even if creating a record fails.

      2. Retry on Failure: Automatically retries the step if an error occurs within a set limit.

    Update Record

    Updates an existing record in a datasheet.

    How to Configure Update Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: To connect to AITable, you must first obtain an AITable token, which is the token of the AITable account. Follow the below-mentioned steps to get the toke:

    • Log in to your AITable account.

    • Visit https://apitable.com/workbench

    • Click on your profile picture (Bottom left).

    • Click on "My Settings".

    • Click on "Developer".

    • Click on "Generate new token".

    • Copy the token.

    Step 2: Once you get the token, set up the connection.

    • Click on Create a new connection in the Connection field.

    • Provide a connection name in the Connection Name field.

    • Provide the token details in the Token field.

    • In the Instance Url field, provide the URL of the AITable instance.

    • Save the connection.

    Step 3: Select the Space value from the drop-down, the workspace or environment where your datasheets are organized and stored. It’s essentially a container for your data assets, helping you manage and control access to different datasheets within the platform.

    Step 4: Select the data sheet where you want to update the record from the Datasheet drop-down.

    Step 5: Provide the Record ID of the record you want to update. You can find the record ID by clicking on the record and then clicking on the share button. The ID will be in the URL.

    Find Record

    Find records in the datasheet.

    How to Configure Find Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: To connect to AITable, you must first obtain an AITable token, which is the token of the AITable account. Follow the below-mentioned steps to get the toke:

    • Log in to your AITable account.

    • Visit https://apitable.com/workbench

    • Click on your profile picture (Bottom left).

    • Click on "My Settings".

    • Click on "Developer".

    • Click on "Generate new token".

    • Copy the token.

    Step 2: Once you get the token, set up the connection.

    • Click on Create a new connection in the Connection field.

    • Provide a connection name in the Connection Name field.

    • Provide the token details in the Token field.

    • In the Instance Url field, provide the URL of the AITable instance.

    • Save the connection.

    Step 3: Select the Space value from the drop-down, the workspace or environment where your datasheets are organized and stored. It’s essentially a container for your data assets, helping you manage and control access to different datasheets within the platform.

    Step 4: Select the data sheet where you want to create the record from the Datasheet drop-down.

    Step 5: Provide the Record IDs of the record you want to find by clicking on the Add Item. You can find the record ID by clicking on the record and then clicking on the share button. The ID will be in the URL.

    Step 6: Provide the Field Name that refers to the specific column(s) or attribute(s) in the datasheet you want to retrieve or filter.

    Step 7: Provide the Max Records number that specifies the total number of records to return, acting as an upper limit on the result set.

    Step 8: Provide the Page Size, which determines how many records are displayed per page (e.g., 1000 records per page), allowing you to paginate large result sets effectively.

    Step 9: Provide a Page Number that tells which “page” of results to retrieve when your query returns multiple data pages. For example:

    • Page 1: Retrieves the first set of records (based on your defined “Max Records” or “Page Size”).

    • Page 2: Retrieves the next batch of records, and so on.

    Step 9: Include Filter, if any, which is a condition or set of conditions used to refine your search results. It allows you to return only those records matching specific criteria (for example, “status = active”), making it easier to locate and manage the most relevant entries.

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: To connect to AITable, you must first obtain an AITable token, which is the token of the AITable account. Follow the below-mentioned steps to get the toke:

    • Log in to your AITable account.

    • Visit https://apitable.com/workbench

    • Click on your profile picture (Bottom left).

    • Click on "My Settings".

    • Click on "Developer".

    • Click on "Generate new token".

    • Copy the token.

    Step 2: Once you get the token, set up the connection.

    • Click on Create a new connection in the Connection field.

    • Provide a connection name in the Connection Name field.

    • Provide the token details in the Token field.

    • In the Instance Url field, provide the URL of the AITable instance.

    • Save the connection.

    Step 3: Select the method from the Method drop-down.

    Step 4: Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection.

    Step 5: Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

    Step 6: Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

    Step 7: Timeout (in seconds) is an optional field that specifies how long the system should wait for the API call to respond before it’s considered a failure. If the request takes longer than this duration, the step will time out, and an error (or a fallback path, if configured) may occur.

    Click on the '+' button in the Flow and search for Date Helper.

  • Select Date Helper.

  • Decide on the action you need. ZBrain Flow provides several options:

    • Get Current Date – Retrieves the current date and time.

    • Format Date – Converts a date from one format to another.

    • Extract Date Units – Extracts components like year, month, day from a date.

    • Date Difference – Calculates the time between two dates.

    • Add/Subtract Time – Performs date arithmetic operations.

    • Next Day of Week – Finds the next occurrence of a specific weekday.

    • Next Day of Year – Finds the next occurrence of a specific calendar day.

  • How to Get Current Date?

    Step 1: Add Get Current Date Action

    • Choose the ‘Get Current Date’ action from the list of options available.

    Step 2: Configure Output Format

    • In the ‘To Time Format’ field, select how you want the date and time to be formatted (e.g., DDD MMM DD YYYY HH:mm:ss → Sun Sep 17 2023 11:23:58).

    Step 3: Select Time Zone

    • Choose your desired time zone from the ‘Time Zone’ dropdown.

    How to Format Date?

    Step 1: Add Format Date Action

    • Choose the ‘Format Date’ action from the options available. This action allows you to convert dates from one format to another and switch between time zones.

    Step 2: Configure Input Date

    • In the ‘Input Date’ field, enter the date you want to format.

    • Select the ‘From Time Format’ to match your input date's current format (e.g., DDD MMM DD YYYY HH:mm:ss → Sun Sep 17 2023 11:23:58).

    Step 3: Select Input Time Zone

    • Choose the ‘From Time Zone’ that your input date is currently in.

    Step 4: Set Output Time Format and Zone

    • Choose your desired ‘To Time Format’ for how you want the date to appear after conversion. You can select from preset formats.

    • Choose the ‘To Time Zone’ for the destination time zone. This allows you to convert the date across different time zones as needed.

    How to Extract Date Units?

    Step 1: Add Extract Date Units Action

    • Choose the ‘Extract Date Units’ action from the Date Helper.

    Step 2: Configure Input Date and Format

    • In the ‘Input Date’ field, enter the date you want to extract information from.

    • Set the ‘From Time Format’ to match your input date's format (e.g., DDD MMM DD YYYY HH:mm:ss → Sun Sep 17 2023 11:23:58).

    Step 3: Select Unit to Extract

    • From the ‘Unit to Extract’ dropdown, choose the component you want to extract (e.g., year, month, day, minute, hour).

    How to Calculate Date Differences?

    Step 1: Add Date Difference Action

    • Choose the ‘Date Difference’ action from Date Helper.

    Step 2: Configure Starting Date and Format

    • In the ‘Starting Date’ field, enter the earlier date.

    • Set the ‘Starting date format’ to match your input date's format (e.g., DDD MMM DD YYYY HH:mm:ss → Sun Sep 17 2023 11:23:58).

    Step 3: Configure Ending Date and Format

    • In the ‘Ending Date’ field, enter the later date to compare against.

    • Set the ‘Ending date’ format to match your second date's format.

    Step 4: Select Measurement Unit

    • From the ‘Unit’ dropdown, choose how you want to measure the difference (e.g., year, month, day, minute, hour).

    How to Add/Substract Time?

    Step 1: Add the Add/Subtract Time Action

    • Choose the ‘Add/Subtract Time’ action from the available ‘Date Helper’ options.

    Step 2: Configure and Specify Input Date and Format

    • In the ‘Input Date’ field, enter the base date you want to modify.

    • Choose from the dropdown options available in the ‘From Time Format’ that best represents your input date's format.

    Step 3: Set Output Format

    • Select from various format options available in the ‘To Time Format’ for how you want the resulting date to appear.

    Step 4: Enter Time Expression

    • In the ‘Expression’ field, specify how much time to add or subtract

    Use the following syntax:

    • To add time: + [number] [unit] (e.g., + 2 hour)

    • To subtract time: - [number] [unit] (e.g., - 3 day)

    • Valid units: year, month, day, hour, minute, second

    How to Find the Next Day of Week?

    Step 1: Add Next Day of Week Action

    • Choose the ‘Next Day of Week’ action from the available options in ‘Date Helper’.

    Step 2: Select Target Weekday

    • From the ‘Weekday’ dropdown, choose which day of the week you want to get the date and time of (Monday, Tuesday, etc.).

    Step 3: Specify Time

    • Enter the desired time in the ‘24h Time’ field using 24-hour format (e.g., 14:30 for 2:30 PM).

    • Alternatively, enable ‘Use Current Time’ to automatically use the current time instead.

    Step 4: Configure Output Format

    • Set the ‘To Time Format’ for how you want the resulting date and time to appear.

    Step 5: Select Time Zone

    • Choose the ‘Time Zone’ for the result from the dropdown.

    How to Find the Next Day of Year?

    Step 1: Add Next Day of Year Action

    • Choose the ‘Next Day of Year’ action from the available options in Date Helper.

    Step 2: Select Month

    • From the ‘Month’ dropdown, choose which month you want to target (January, February, etc.).

    Step 3: Specify Day of Month

    • Enter the desired ‘Day of Month’ (1-31, depending on the month).

    Step 4: Set Time

    • Enter the desired time in the ‘24h Time’ field (e.g., 14:30 for 2:30 PM).

    • Or enable ‘Use Current Time’ to automatically use the current time instead.

    Step 5: Configure Output Format

    • Set the ‘To Time Format’ for how you want the resulting date and time to appear.

    Step 6: Select Time Zone

    • Choose the ‘Time Zone’ for the result from the dropdown.

    Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • Type "Contentful" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Create a Connection with Contentful in ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Contentful and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    2. Enter the Contentful Access Token, Space and Environment.

    3. To get the required credentials, follow these steps:

      • Access Token:

        • Content Delivery API: Create API keys in the Contentful web app by navigating to Settings > API Keys in your space and generating a new token.

        • Content Management API: Use Personal Access Tokens (PATs) for simpler access. These can be created in the Contentful web app under Settings > API Keys.

      • Space:

        • A space is like a project container that stores entries, assets, and content types.

        • Each space has a unique ID and can be accessed via the Contentful APIs.

      • Environment:

        • Environments represent different content stages, such as development, staging, and production.

        • The default environment is usually named "master,” but additional environments can be created for testing.

    4. Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Contentful to retrieve, update, delete, and automate content management operations.

    Key Terms in Contentful

    Content Model

    A content model defines the structure of content stored in Contentful. It consists of different fields (such as text, images, numbers, or references) that determine how content is organized. To find a content model:

    • Go to Contentful Web App → Content Model section.

    • Select the required model to view its structure and fields.

    Locale

    Locales define language variations for your content. If your project supports multiple languages, you can choose the specific locale while searching, retrieving, or creating content. To find available locales:

    • Navigate to Settings → Locales in the Contentful web app.

    Entity ID

    The entity ID uniquely identifies an entry (content) or an asset (image, file) in Contentful. To get the entity ID:

    • Open a content entry in Contentful.

    • The Entry ID is visible in the entry settings or in the URL when viewing an entry.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Search Records

    Fetches multiple records from Contentful based on specific query parameters, allowing for efficient retrieval of relevant data.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Select the Content Model – Choose the structure of content to search within.

    • Select the Content Locale – Define the language variation for the search.

    • Enter the Query Formula – Define conditions to search for records.

    • Enter the Limit – Specify the maximum number of records to return.

    • Enter Skip – Set the number of records to skip.

    • Enter the Relationship include Depth – Define how many levels of linked entries and assets to include.

    • Return Fields – Specify which fields to return for each record.

    2. Get Record

    Retrieves a single record from Contentful, useful for obtaining detailed information about a specific entry or asset.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Entity ID – The unique ID of the record to retrieve.

    3. Create Record

    Creates a new record in Contentful based on a specific content model and locale. You can decide whether to publish the record immediately or keep it as a draft.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Select the Content Locale – Choose the language version for the new record.

    • Select the Content Model – Specify the structure for the new record.

    • Enable/Disable the 'Publish after creating' Option – Choose whether to publish the record immediately after creation.

    4. Custom API Call

    Configuration Steps:

    Allows direct interaction with Contentful’s API for advanced operations, such as retrieving, updating, or deleting records beyond standard actions.

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the URL – Use the full API URL or a relative path to the base URL.

    Select the HTTP Method:

    • GET – Retrieve file or folder details.

    • POST – Upload new files or create folders.

    • PATCH – Modify file metadata or update folder permissions.

    • PUT – Replace existing content in a file.

    • DELETE – Remove a file or folder permanently.

    • HEAD – Fetch response headers only without retrieving data.

    Additional Configurations:

    • Add Headers – Define additional headers for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically injected. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests with parameters to filter results or add options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Specify a timeout duration for requests to avoid long-running API calls from causing delays in the process.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Search for Dust in the available integrations.

  • Select any Dust action to configure it.

  • How to Connect Dust to ZBrain Flow

    1. Provide a Connection Name – Enter a name to identify your Dust connection.

    2. Enter API Key – Obtain an API Key from Dust.

    Steps to Get an API Key from Dust:

    • Log in to your Dust account.

    • Navigate to the API section:

      • Click on your profile picture or settings icon.

      • Select API from the menu.

    • Generate a New API Key:

      • Click the ‘Generate New API Key’ button.

      • Provide a name for the API Key (to remember its purpose).

      • Click ‘Generate’ to create the key.

    • Copy the API Key:

      • The key will be displayed once. Copy it immediately, as it won't be shown again.

    1. Enter the Dust Workspace ID

    Steps to Find Your Workspace ID:

    • Go to the Workspaces Section:

      • Click on ‘Workspaces’ in the main menu.

    • Select the Workspace:

      • Click on the workspace for which you need the ID.

    • Find the Workspace ID:

      • The Workspace ID is displayed in the URL of the workspace page or the workspace settings.

    1. Click 'Save' – Your Dust connection is now ready for use in ZBrain Flow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create a Conversation

    Start a new conversation with a specific Dust assistant.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the Agent – Select the AI assistant that will handle the conversation.

    • Enter the Username – The user initiating the conversation.

    • Enter the Time Zone – Specify the user's time zone.

    • Enter the Title – Define the topic of the conversation.

    • Enter the Query – The initial message for the conversation.

    • Enter the Fragment – Add a content fragment (optional).

    • Enter the Fragment Name – Give a name to the content fragment (optional).

    • Enter Timeout (in seconds) – Specify the maximum wait time for a response.

    2. Get an Existing Conversation

    Retrieve details of a previously started conversation.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Conversation ID – The unique identifier of the conversation.

    • Enter Timeout (in seconds) – Define how long to wait for a response.

    3. Reply to a Conversation

    Send a message in an ongoing conversation.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Conversation ID – The ID of the ongoing conversation.

    • Choose the Agent – Select the AI assistant responding to the message.

    • Enter the Query – The message content to send as a reply.

    • Enter the Username – Identify the sender of the message.

    • Enter the Time Zone – Specify the user’s time zone.

    • Enter Timeout (in seconds) – Define the response wait time.

    4. Add a Fragment to a Conversation

    Create a new content fragment within a conversation.

    What are Fragments?

    A fragment is a piece of contextual information inserted into a conversation. It provides background data that an assistant can use while generating responses. For example, a fragment can include:

    • Product details in a customer support chat.

    • Company policies for an HR assistant.

    • Summarized meeting notes for an AI-powered meeting assistant.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Conversation ID – Specify the conversation where the fragment should be added.

    • Enter the Fragment – Provide the contextual information.

    • Enter the Fragment Name – Assign a name to the fragment for reference.

    5. Add or Update a Document

    Insert a new document into a data source or update an existing document.

    What is a Data Source?

    A data source in Dust stores structured and unstructured content. AI assistants reference these documents when responding to queries.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Data Source Name – Specify the source where the document will be stored.

    • Enter the Document ID – Assign a unique identifier for the document.

    • Enter the Document Content – Provide the text content of the document.

    • Enter the Source URL – If the document is cited from an external source, enter the URL.

    • Enter the Document Title – Provide a title for the document.

    • Enter Tags – Add metadata tags to categorize the document.

      • Click '+ Add Item' to add multiple tags.

    6. Custom API Call

    Perform a custom API request to a Dust endpoint.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the API Endpoint URL – Include the full URL or relative path.

    • Select the HTTP Method:

      • GET – Retrieve data.

      • POST – Send new data.

      • PATCH – Modify existing data.

      • PUT – Update or replace data.

      • DELETE – Remove data.

      • HEAD – Fetch headers only.

    • Add Headers – Define request headers (Authorization headers are auto-injected).

    • Add Query Parameters – Specify API parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide the request payload in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define the request timeout duration.

    ). This is where ZBrain Flow will connect to interact with your Confluence instance.

    Click Create.

  • Once created, click Copy to clipboard to save the token. Store it securely.

  • Parent folder:
    Specify the parent page under which this new page will be created. This helps maintain a structured hierarchy within the space.
  • Title: Enter the title for the new page. This will appear as the page name in Confluence.

  • Status: Decide the visibility of the page upon creation:

    • Draft: Page is saved in draft mode and not visible to others until explicitly published.

    • Published: Page is live and immediately visible to users with access to the space.

  • GET – Retrieve data (e.g., read a page’s content).

  • POST – Create a new resource (e.g., create a page).

  • PUT – Replace existing content entirely.

  • PATCH – Partially update content (e.g., change title or body).

  • DELETE – Remove a resource (e.g., delete a page).

  • HEAD – Fetch only response headers, useful for debugging or checking availability.

  • Headers: Add any required headers for the API call:

    • Authorization: Basic <base64-encoded-email:API-token> (Ensure the email and token are encoded correctly.)

    • Content-Type: Typically set to application/json for most requests.

  • { "version": 2, "title": "Updated Page Title", "type": "page", "body": { "storage": { "value": "<h2>Updated Content</h2>", "representation": "storage" } } }

    Note: Always update the version number to one greater than the current version of the page to avoid conflicts.

  • Timeout: Specify a timeout duration (in seconds). This limits how long the system waits for a response before stopping the request.

  • Action

    Description

    Get page content

    Retrieves the content of a specified Confluence page.

    Create page from template

    Creates a new page using a selected template.

    Custom API call

    Enables direct interaction with Confluence’s REST API.

    How to test each step in the Flow?
    How to access and integrate a Flow
    How to update a Flow and manage version history?
    Flow Runs and logs
    Navigate to the API Keys tab.
  • Click ‘Create API Key.’

  • Enter a name for your API key.

  • Choose the permissions you want to assign to the API key.

  • Click ‘Create Key.’

  • Copy and securely store the generated API key, as you cannot view it again once you close the dialog.

    To get an API key from the Qdrant vector database, follow these steps:

  • Log in to the Qdrant Cloud dashboard.

  • Go to the cluster detail page.

  • Navigate to the API keys section.

  • Click ‘Create’ to generate a new API key.

  • Configure the permissions for the key if granular access control is enabled.

  • Click ‘OK’ and copy your API key.

  • Once you have the API key, enter the environment and index name.

  • Hybrid search: This option combines vector search and full-text search. To utilize hybrid search, you will need to configure a Rerank model API.
  • Top K: This setting determines the number of most relevant results returned for a user's search query. You can specify the desired number of results (default is 50).

  • Score threshold: This setting defines the minimum score a result needs to achieve to be included in the search results. You can specify a score between 0.01 and 1 (the default is 0.2).

  • Quick tutorial with steps to edit and manage knowledge chunks

    Use this API key for authentication in ZBrain Flow.

    Phone

  • Company ID

  • Updated Since

  • Enter the filter value (if an optional filter is selected).

  • Select an optional status filter (Blocked, Deleted, Unverified, or Verified).

  • Enter the number of results to return (set to 0 for all results; max is 100).

  • Resolved

  • Closed

  • PATCH – Update existing records.

  • PUT – Replace complete records.

  • DELETE – Permanently remove data.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving content.

  • Add Headers – Define any additional headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically injected. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

  • Add Query Parameters – Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add more parameters.

  • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

  • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Define a timeout duration to prevent delays in processing.

  • Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • In the search bar, type "GhostCMS" and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect GhostCMS to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a secure connection between GhostCMS and ZBrain Flow, complete the following steps:

    1. Provide a Connection Name – Assign a recognizable name for easy identification.

    2. Enter the API URL – Input the base API URL for GhostCMS.

    3. Enter the Admin API Key – Use the API key to authenticate the connection.

    To Get the API URL and Admin API Key from GhostCMS, Follow These Steps:

    • Log in to Ghost Admin:

      • Open your browser and go to your Ghost Admin URL (e.g., https://yourdomain.com/ghost/).

      • Sign in using your GhostCMS admin credentials.

    • Navigate to Integrations:

      • In the Ghost Admin dashboard, go to Settings > Integrations.

    • Create a Custom Integration:

      • Scroll down to the Custom Integrations section.

      • Click Add Custom Integration.

      • Provide a name for your integration and click ‘Create.’

    • Get the Admin API Key:

      • After creating the integration, GhostCMS will generate an Admin API Key.

      • Copy this key and store it securely.

    • Get the API URL:

      • The base URL for the Admin API will follow this format:

    1. Finalize the Connection:

    • Enter the obtained API Key and API URL.

    • Click ‘Save’ to complete the setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with GhostCMS to create, update, and manage content, members, and users efficiently.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Member

    This action allows you to create a new member in GhostCMS.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the email address of the new member.

    • Provide the full name and a note for reference.

    • Select the newsletters to which the member should be subscribed.

    2. Update Member

    This action updates the details of an existing member.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Choose the member to update.

    • Enter the updated email address.

    • Provide the full name, a note, and update newsletter subscriptions as needed.

    3. Create Post

    Use this action to create a new blog post in GhostCMS.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the title of the post.

    • Provide the slug (URL identifier for the post).

    • Select the status (Draft, Published, or Scheduled).

    • Specify the publish date (if scheduling the post).

    • Enter the content in HTML format.

    • Add a custom excerpt.

    • Assign an author to the post.

    • Enable or disable the "Featured" option.

    • Select tags to categorize the post.

    4. Find Member

    Retrieve details of a member using their email address.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the email address of the member.

    5. Find User

    Retrieve details of a GhostCMS user using their email address.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the email address of the user.

    6. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call feature enables users to interact with the GhostCMS API directly, allowing more flexibility in managing content, users, and site settings.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One – Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Enter the API Endpoint – Provide the full API URL or the relative path to the base URL.

    Select the HTTP Method

    Choose the request type based on the required action:

    • GET – Retrieve post, member, or user details.

    • POST – Create a new post, member, or newsletter.

    • PATCH – Update an existing post or member.

    • PUT – Replace existing content.

    • DELETE – Remove a post, member, or user permanently.

    • HEAD – Fetch response headers without retrieving content.

    Additional Configurations

    • Add Headers – Define extra headers if required. Authentication headers are injected automatically. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to include more headers.

    • Add Query Parameters – Use query parameters to filter results or define specific options. Click ‘+ Add Item’ to add parameters.

    • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    • Set Timeout (in Seconds) – Configure a timeout duration to prevent processing delays.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    https://yourdomain.freshdesk.com
    https://yourdomain.freshdesk.com/a/contacts/56789
    https://yourdomain.freshdesk.com/a/tickets/12345
    https://yourdomain.com/ghost/api/admin/
    Steps to create a policy:
    • Click on the ‘Create Policy’ button – This will open the policy creation interface.

    • Select the reasoning model: Choose the reasoning model that best fits your query processing needs. The selected model determines how the system interprets and applies extracted rules and variables during reasoning.

    • Configure the reasoning prompt: Enter a prompt that guides the model’s reasoning approach—specifying the type of questions, data, or conditions to evaluate. This is a unified reasoning prompt box where you can add or edit variables and rules sent to the LLM. It enables flexible, context-aware customization of reasoning behavior tailored to specific business logic and objectives.

    • Click ‘Create’ – Fill in the knowledge variable tab, press ‘Next’ and then fill in rules, then click the 'Create' button to initiate the policy and trigger the extraction of relevant rules and variables from the knowledge base.

    Once the policy is created, the system will begin extracting variables and rules from the uploaded documents.

    2. Understanding variables

    A variable in the context of automated reasoning refers to a data element or attribute from the knowledge base that the system uses to answer queries. Each variable is associated with an identifier, a data type, and a description. These variables are fundamental for reasoning because they provide the system with specific data points to process and evaluate queries.

    The system automatically extracts:

    • ID: A unique identifier assigned to each variable.

    • Variable name: The name assigned to the variable.

    • Type: The data type of the variable. Common types include:

      • STR (String): Text-based data.

      • INT (Integer): Numerical data.

      • FLOAT: Decimal numbers.

      • BOO (Boolean): True/false values.

      • ARR (Array): Lists or collections of data.

    • Definition: Whether the variable’s definition is auto-generated (Auto) or customized by the user (Custom).

    • Description: A detailed description explaining what the variable represents in the context of the knowledge base.

    Adding custom variables

    Sometimes, you may need to introduce new variables to the system that are not automatically extracted. This is where custom variables come in.

    Steps to add custom variables:

    • Click on the ‘+Add’ button – This will open a form where you can define a new variable.

    • Enter the variable name – Choose a meaningful name for the variable.

    • Select the variable type – Choose the appropriate data type for the variable (e.g., STR, INT, FLOAT, ARR, etc.).

    • Provide a description – Add a description explaining the purpose and usage of the variable.

    • Click on the ‘Update’ button – This will define the variable as Custom and add it to the list of extracted variables.

    Editing or deleting variables

    ZBrain also allows for flexibility in modifying or removing variables.

    To edit a variable:

    • Click on the pencil icon next to the variable.

    • Make changes to the variable’s name, type, or description.

    • Click the ‘+Update’ button to save the changes.

    To delete a variable:

    • Click on the trash icon next to the variable you wish to remove.

    • Confirm the deletion to permanently remove the variable.

    3. Understanding rules

    Rules are predefined conditions or logic that are pulled from the knowledge base to govern decision-making processes. These rules allow the system to interpret data, variables, and queries in a structured way. Rules are essential for guiding the reasoning process and ensuring the model provides contextually accurate answers.

    Types of rules:

    • Predefined conditions: These rules specify conditions that must be met for a decision to be made.

    • Logic statements: Rules that define the relationships between variables, guiding how the system should reason based on data.

    • Definite statements: Rules that unequivocally dictate the actions or conclusions to be made based on variable values.

    Adding custom rules

    To further customize the reasoning process, you can add new rules.

    Steps to add custom rules:

    • Click on the ‘+Add’ button – This will open a form for adding a new rule.

    • Enter a valid condition/rule – Define a logical rule or condition that you want the system to apply when reasoning through a query.

    • Click the ‘Update’ button – This will define the rule as Custom and add it to the list of extracted rules.

    Editing or deleting rules

    Like variables, rules can be modified or removed to adjust the system's behavior.

    To edit a rule:

    • Click on the pencil icon next to the rule you want to modify.

    • Make your changes to the rule.

    • Click the ‘+Update’ button to save the changes.

    To delete a rule:

    • Click on the trash icon next to the rule you want to remove.

    • Confirm the deletion to permanently remove the rule.

    4. Playground

    The Playground provides an interactive environment where you can experiment with and test the rules and variables within your knowledge base. It allows you to simulate how changes to variables and rules will influence the system’s behavior before applying them in a live scenario.

    Testing queries

    To validate the model’s reasoning process and ensure that the system is reasoning correctly, you can execute specific test queries based on the knowledge base. This allows you to assess whether the system applies the predefined rules and variables accurately, ensuring that the reasoning logic generates reliable and consistent responses. By testing different scenarios, you can confirm that the system processes queries as expected and make adjustments if needed.

    • Enter a test query – Type in a question related to the knowledge base.

    • Click on the ‘Test’ button – The system will process the query using the reasoning model and return a response based on the defined rules and variables.

    Findings

    Once the test query has been processed, the Findings section displays the results of the reasoning process:

    • Model response: The answer generated by the system based on the query and the applied reasoning.

    • Applied rules: A list of the relevant rules, conditions, and logic that were applied to answer the query. This section also shows the count of rules used.

    • Extracted variables: A list of the variables extracted from the knowledge base, showing their IDs, types, and descriptions and their relevance to the query. The count of variables used in the reasoning is also displayed.

    5. Update policy

    If any changes to the policy, rules, or variables are required, you can easily update the policy by clicking the ‘Update Policy’ button. This will refresh the reasoning logic to reflect any modifications.

    6. History

    The History section logs all past queries and their corresponding reasoning validation results, offering an organized way to review and analyze previous interactions.

    Add Attendees to Event: Add one or more people to an existing event.

  • Create Event: Schedule a new event on Google Calendar.

  • Create Quick Event: Quickly add a calendar event with minimal details.

  • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Calendar endpoint.

  • Delete Event: Remove an event from Google Calendar.

  • Get All Events: Retrieve all events from a specific calendar.

  • Update Event: Modify details of an existing event.

  • Create Event

    Schedule a new event on Google Calendar.

    How to Configure Create Event to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name in the Connection field.

    • The next field, Calendar, will be populated automatically with your Gmail ID.

    • Provide a proper title of the event in the Title of the event field.

    • Provide the value in the Start date time of the event field.

    • Provide the value in the End date time of the event field.

    • Provide the Location.

    • Provide the event Description.

    • Select the color as per your choice in the next field.

    • Add the attendee email ID in the Attendees field.

    • Modify the Send Notifications field value as per the requirements. Enable or disable notifications for attendees (e.g., email alerts).

    • Optional Settings

      • Guests can modify: Allows invited attendees to change the event details, such as editing the description or adjusting the date and time.

      • Guests can invite others: Let attendees add guests to the event, expanding participation without the event creator’s intervention.

      • Guests can see other guests: Controls whether attendees can view the names or email addresses of other invited guests at the event.

    Create Quick Event

    Quickly add a calendar event with minimal details.

    How to Configure Create Quick Event to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name in the Connection field.

    • The next field, Calendar, will be populated automatically with your Gmail ID.

    • Provide a proper summary of the event in the Summary field.

    • Select the appropriate value for the Send Updates field.

    Add Attendees to the Event

    Add one or more people to an existing event.

    How to Configure Add Attendees to the Event to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name.

    • The next field, Calendar, will be populated automatically with your Gmail ID.

    • Select the Event ID from the previously created event in the Flow.

    • Provide the email ID of the Attendees in the field.

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific Google Calendar endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the URL. The URL refers to the specific endpoint of the Google Calendar API you want to interact with. This endpoint determines the resource or action the request will address (e.g., creating events, updating calendars, retrieving event details).

    • Choose the Method to be used for the API call.

    • Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection.

    • Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

    • Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

    Delete Event

    Remove an event from Google Calendar.

    How to Configure Delete Event to ZBrain Flow?

    • Select the connection from the Connection drop-down.

    • Select the calendar from the Calendar drop-down.

    • Select the particular event you want to delete in the Event ID.

    Get All Events

    Retrieve all events from a specific calendar.

    How to Configure Get All Events to ZBrain Flow?

    • Select the connection from the Connection drop-down.

    • Select the calendar from the Calendar drop-down.

    • (Optional) Select specific criteria (e.g., date range, status) to refine your results for Event Types / Filters.

    • Specify the date range for which you want to retrieve events in the Date From / Date To fields.

    • Specify keywords or phrases to filter events in the Search Term. For example, entering “team meeting” returns only events whose title or description contains those words.

    • Enable or disable Expand Recurring Event (Toggle) as per the requirement. When enabled, each instance of a recurring event is listed individually rather than grouped as a single series. This provides a detailed view of all occurrences.

    Update Event

    Modify details of an existing event.

    How to Configure Update Event to ZBrain Flow?

    • Select or create a connection using your Gmail account from the Connection field.

    • Select the Calendar. Automatically populated with your Gmail ID once connected.

    • Provide the Event ID you want to update.

    • Provide the value in the Title of the event field.

    • Provide the value in the Start date time of the event field

    • Provide the value in the End date time of the event field.

    • Provide the Location.

    • Provide the event Description.

    • Select the color as per your choice in the next field.

    • Add the email IDs of the attendees using the Add Item button in Attendees.

    • Optional Settings

      • Guests can modify: Allows invited attendees to change the event details, such as editing the description or adjusting the date and time.

      • Guests can invite others: Let attendees add guests to the event, expanding participation without the event creator’s intervention.

      • Guests can see other guests: Controls whether attendees can view the names or email addresses of other invited guests at the event.

    Bing Search

    Integrate Bing Search into your ZBrain AI agent flows to access comprehensive information for enhanced functionality.

    Bing Search provides comprehensive search capabilities powered by the Azure Bing Search API. This versatile tool allows you to search the web, find news articles, discover images, and perform custom searches with various filtering options. Whether you need to gather information, monitor news, find relevant images, or create specialized search experiences, the Bing Search connector offers a complete set of search-related functions without requiring custom code.

    How to Use Bing Search in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Add Bing Search to Your Flow

    1. Click the ‘+’ icon in your ZBrain Flow workspace.

    2. In the search bar, type “Bing Search”.

    3. Select Bing Search from the list of available connections.

    4. Choose the action you want to perform from the following options:

    How to Create a Bing Search Connection in ZBrain Flow

    Before running a Bing Search action, you need to create a secure connection to your Azure Bing Search resource.

    1. Connection Name: Choose a unique name for your Bing Search connection.

    2. Retrieve Subscription Key:

      • You can obtain your subscription key by logging into your , navigating to your Bing Search v7 resource, and copying Key 1 or 2 from the Keys and Endpoint section.

    3. Get the Endpoint URL

    Available Actions for Bing Search in ZBrain Flow

    Below is a detailed guide to all Bing Search actions, including required configuration fields for each.

    1. Web Search

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Select your existing Bing Search connection or create a new one.

    • Search Query: Enter the keyword(s) or phrases you wish to search.

    • Market: Choose the region and language context (e.g., en-US, fr-FR) to localize search results.

    2. Web Search with Offset

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Choose or establish a Bing Search connection.

    • Search Query: Input the keyword(s) or phrase to search.

    • Market: Specify the locale to refine search relevance.

    • Count: Set the number of results to retrieve (default: 10).

    3. General News Search

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Use an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Search Query: Specify the news topic or keywords.

    • Market: Select the region to localize the news feed.

    • Count: Number of articles to return (default: 10; max: 50).

    4. Filtered News Search

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Connect to or set up a Bing Search integration.

    • Search Query: Define the specific news topic.

    • Market: Choose the region/language locale for results.

    • Freshness: Filter news by publication timeframe:

    5. News by Category

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Use an active Bing Search connection or configure a new one.

    • News Category: Specify the category to filter news content.

    • Market: Define the locale for region-specific headlines.

    • Safe Search: Control sensitivity of content:

    6. Trending News

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Choose or create a Bing Search connection.

    • Market: Select a regional market to fetch localized trending stories (e.g., en-US, de-DE, en-IN).

    7. Custom Image Search

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Use an existing or new Bing Search connection.

    • Function Type: Choose the function type from the available options.

      • Image Search: Search by keyword or topic

    8. Custom Search

    Configuration Options:

    • Connection: Select or establish a Bing Search connection.

    • Search Type: Select the search type from the available options:

      • Web Search

    Dropbox

    Integrate Dropbox with ZBrain to automate file operations, upload, search, share, and manage documents within workflows

    Dropbox is a cloud storage and file-sharing platform that allows users to store, sync, and share files across multiple devices. It provides a secure way to collaborate, back up important data, and access files from anywhere.

    How to Integrate Dropbox with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow.

    2. Search for Dropbox in the available integrations.

    3. Select any Dropbox action to configure it.

    How to Connect Dropbox in ZBrain Flow

    1. Enter the Connection Name – Provide a name to identify your Dropbox connection.

    2. Click 'Connect' – Follow the authentication steps to authorize Dropbox access.

    3. Click 'Save' – Your Dropbox connection is now ready for use in ZBrain Flow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Search for Files and Folders

    Find files and folders within Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Query – The search string (must be at least 3 characters).

    • Enter the Path – Define the folder path to search in (default: root).

    • Enter Max Results – Maximum results (1-1000, default is 100).

    2. Create a New Text File

    Generate a text file within Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Folder Path – Define where to create the file.

    • Enter the Text – Provide the text content.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Avoid conflicts with duplicate names.

    3. Upload a File

    Upload a file to Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the File Path – Define the upload location.

    • Enter the File – Provide the file URL or Base64 content.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Avoid filename conflicts.

    4. Get a Temporary File Link

    Generate a temporary shareable link for a file.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the File/Folder Path – Define the target file or folder.

    5. Delete a File

    Remove a file from Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the File Path – Define the file to be deleted.

    6. Move a File

    Relocate a file within Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Current Path – Source location (e.g., /folder1/oldfile.txt).

    • Enter the Destination Path – Target location (e.g., /folder2/newfile.txt).

    7. Copy a File

    Duplicate a file to a new location.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Source Path – Original file location.

    • Enter the Destination Path – Target location.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Prevent conflicts.

    8. Create a New Folder

    Generate a new folder in Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Folder Path – Define the new folder’s location.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Handle duplicate folder names.

    9. Delete a Folder

    Remove a folder from Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Folder Path – Specify the folder to delete.

    10. Move a Folder

    Relocate a folder within Dropbox.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Current Path – Folder’s existing location.

    • Enter the Destination Path – Target location.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Handle duplicate folder names.

    11. Copy a Folder

    Duplicate a folder to a new location.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Source Path – Original folder location.

    • Enter the Destination Path – Target location.

    • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Prevent conflicts.

    12. List Folder Contents

    Retrieve a list of files and subfolders within a directory.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the Folder Path – Define the folder to list (use an empty string for root).

    • Enable/Disable Recursive Listing – Retrieve all subfolders’ contents.

    • Enter the Limit – Maximum results (1-2000, default is 2000).

    13. Custom API Call

    Perform a custom API request to a Dropbox endpoint.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the API Endpoint URL – Include the full URL or a relative path.

    • Select the HTTP Method:

      • GET – Retrieve data.

    Google Search Console

    Connect Google Search Console to your ZBrain Flow to automatically get data about your site's search queries and sitemaps.

    Google Search Console is a free tool by Google that helps monitor, maintain, and troubleshoot a website’s presence in Google Search results. It provides insights into search traffic, indexing status, and potential issues affecting the site’s visibility.

    How to use Google Search Console in ZBrain Flow

    Step 1: Add Google Search Console to Flow

    1. Click the ‘+’ icon in ZBrain Flow.

    2. In the search bar, type “Google Search Console”.

    3. Select Google Search Console from the list of available connections.

    4. Choose the action you want to perform from the available options:

    How to Create a Google Search Console Connection in ZBrain Flow

    To use Google Search Console in ZBrain Flow, you need to create a secure connection with your Google Search Console account.

    Steps for creating a connection:

    1. Connection name: Choose a unique name for your Google Search Console connection.

    2. Redirect URL: Provide the redirect URL: https://secrets.activepieces.com/redirect.

    3. Client ID and Client Secret:

    Available actions for Google Search Console in ZBrain Flow

    Here is a detailed guide to all available Google Search Console actions, including required configuration fields for each:

    1. Search analytics

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Select your existing Google Search Console connection or create a new one.

    • Site URL: Enter the URL of the site you want to query.

    • Start date: Specify the start date of the date range in YYYY-MM-DD format.

    • End date: Specify the end date of the date range in YYYY-MM-DD format.

    2. List sitemaps

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Choose or create a connection.

    • Site URL: Select the URL of the site whose sitemaps you want to list.

    3. Submit a sitemap

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Choose or create a connection.

    • Site URL: Select the URL of the site.

    • Sitemap Path: Specify the path to the sitemap.

    4. List sites

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Select or create a connection.

    5. Add a site

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Select or create a connection.

    • Site URL: Choose the URL of the site to be added.

    6. Delete a site

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Select or create a connection.

    • Site URL: Select the URL of the site to be removed.

    7. URL inspection

    Configuration options:

    • Connection: Select or create a connection.

    • Site URL: Pick the URL of the site.

    • URL to Inspect: Enter the URL of the page you want to inspect.

    8. Custom API call

    Configuration steps:

    • Select an existing connection or create a new one: Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enter the URL: Enter the full URL or relative path to the base URL for the API endpoint.

    • Select the HTTP method: Choose the appropriate HTTP request type:

    How to create a knowledge base?

    Learn how to create a knowledge base in ZBrain Builder by uploading data, applying flows, and enabling summarization and reasoning for smarter AI agents and apps

    This guide details the steps involved in creating a knowledge base within your ZBrain account.

    Getting started

    • To begin, log in to your ZBrain account.

    • Once you have successfully logged in, click Knowledge.

    • Click the 'Create' button to initiate the process of setting up a new knowledge base.

    Uploading document

    • You will be directed to a screen where you can either upload a document from your device or import it from a data source.

    Create a Knowledge Base via existing Flow

    ZBrain Builder supports seamless creation of a Knowledge Base from any pre-existing or newly designed Flow. This method enables tight integration between automation logic and enterprise knowledge, allowing dynamic data pipelines to directly populate your KB. Creating a Knowledge Base via Flow streamlines ingestion by eliminating manual uploads, ensuring real-time relevance through dynamic updates, and enhancing adaptive retrieval by turning automation Flows into live, reusable knowledge sources.

    Steps to create a Knowledge Base via Flow

    • Go to Knowledge

    • Click Create.

    • In the “Select Knowledge Source” step, choose Add via Flows.

    • You will be presented with a list of available Flows.

    • Use the search bar or filters to locate your desired Flow.

      • Select the Flow to serve as your ingestion pipeline and click 'Add'.

    Data source configuration

    This page allows users to configure the foundational elements of a new knowledge base.

    • After uploading or importing the data, you will be prompted to provide a name and description for the chosen file/data.

    • To upload additional documents to the knowledge base, click the ‘Add More’ button located below the uploaded documents. Select the documents from your device to add them.

    Additional features

    Document summarization

    • Enable document summarization by toggling the dedicated switch.

    • Select an appropriate large language model to perform the summarization process.

    • This feature creates concise overviews of lengthy documents for easier comprehension.

    Automated reasoning policy

    • Create an automated reasoning policy by activating the feature toggle.

    • An automated reasoning policy consists of predefined rules, conditions, and variables that guide the system's reasoning process when responding to queries.

    • It extracts structured data from the knowledge base, applies logical reasoning, and ensures responses are accurate and consistent.

    • This policy governs how the system interprets information, processes queries, and delivers answers based on established knowledge and logic.

    Improve efficiency using Flow

    • Enable the ‘Improve Efficiency Using Flow’ option to streamline and enhance the process of transforming documents into refined knowledge bases.

    • This feature leverages predefined or custom flows from the Flow Library to automate data extraction and analysis, converting raw documents into structured, actionable insights.

    • It is essential for users seeking to create efficient knowledge bases by applying standardized data processing techniques such as text extraction, image analysis, and language model-based summarization.

    • By incorporating flows, you optimize the data refinement process, transforming input data into a well-organized, accessible knowledge base. This enhances the solution’s ability to handle various data formats, including text, images, and structured content, ultimately improving operational efficiency and decision-making.

    Types of flows

    There are two types of flows available:

    ZBrain Flows

    ZBrain Flows offer predefined automation solutions for common data processing tasks. Users can choose from the following options:

    • OCR (Optical Character Recognition)

      • Purpose: Recognizes and extracts text content from images or documents. This is particularly useful for digitizing physical documents or documents containing non-editable text (e.g., scanned PDFs).

      • Functionality:

    Convert PowerPoint and Word Files to PDF during knowledge ingestion

    Purpose: Standardizes document formats during knowledge ingestion to ensure consistent downstream processing.

    Functionality:

    • Automatically converts .ppt, .pptx, .doc, and .docx files into .pdf format.

    Custom flows

    The custom flows option allows users to create a flow specifically for data extraction, enabling tailored and advanced automation based on unique workflows and processing needs. Users can click on this option to add a custom flow.

    Complete all the required fields and click the ‘Next’ button to proceed to the text data refinement page.

    How to create a knowledge base using knowledge graph?

    Discover how to create a ZBrain Knowledge Graph. This guide explains how to build a KG for use cases involving connected policies, products, or people, enabling deeper insights and more structured ans

    Knowledge graph selection

    Depending on your requirements, ZBrain lets you create a knowledge graph (KG) as an alternative to a traditional vector store. If your use case involves uncovering relationships between concepts, like how policies, products, or people are connected, a Knowledge Graph can provide deeper insights and more structured answers.

    • To build a Knowledge Graph, you need to select RAG definition as Knowledge Graph in

    Discord

    The Discord component uses a webhook URL to let your ZBrain workflow automatically send a message to a specific Discord channel.

    Discord is a real-time communication platform that enables users to connect via text, voice, and video within communities called servers (guilds). It is widely used for social networking, gaming, and business collaboration, offering features like customizable channels, roles, and bot integrations. With Discord, users can streamline conversations, automate tasks, and foster engagement within their communities.

    How to Connect Discord to ZBrain Flow?

    To integrate Discord with ZBrain Flow, follow these steps:

  • Send Notifications: Determines whether attendees receive email alerts or other notifications regarding event creation, changes, or cancellations.

  • Send Notifications: Determines whether attendees receive email alerts or other notifications regarding event creation, changes, or cancellations.

  • Select Order By – Choose relevance or modified time.

  • Select File Status – Search for active or deleted files.

  • Enable/Disable Filename Only – Restrict search to filenames.

  • Enter File Extensions – Restrict search to specified extensions (comma-separated).

  • Enter File Categories – Restrict search to specific categories (comma-separated).

  • Enter Account ID – Restrict results to a specific account.

  • Enable/Disable Mute – Suppress notifications for file changes.

  • Enable/Disable Strict Conflict – Enforce strict revision conflict detection.

  • Enable/Disable Mute – Suppress modification notifications.

  • Enable/Disable Strict Conflict – Enforce strict revision control.

  • Enable/Disable Auto Rename – Avoid name conflicts.
  • Enable/Disable Allow Ownership Transfer – Allow file ownership changes.

  • Enable/Disable Allow Ownership Transfer – Allow ownership changes.

    Enable/Disable Allow Ownership Transfer – Allow ownership changes.

    Enable/Disable Allow Ownership Transfer – Allow ownership changes.

    POST – Send data.

  • PATCH – Modify existing data.

  • PUT – Update or replace data.

  • DELETE – Remove data.

  • HEAD – Fetch headers only.

  • Add Headers – Define custom request headers.

    • Authorization headers are automatically injected.

  • Add Query Parameters – Specify parameters for API customization.

  • Enter JSON Body – Provide request payload in JSON format.

  • Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define the request timeout duration.

  • Step 1: Create a Connection
    1. Enter a Connection Name – Choose a name to identify your Discord connection.

    2. Enter the Bot Token – To obtain a Discord Bot Token, follow these steps:

      • Go to the Discord Developer Portal.

      • Click on an existing application or create a new one.

      • Navigate to the Bot tab.

      • Click ‘Reset Token’ to generate a new token.

      • Copy and paste the token into the Bot Token field.

    3. Click ‘Save’ – Your Discord connection is now successfully established in ZBrain Flow.

    Triggers Available in ZBrain Flow

    New Message Posted

    This trigger activates when a new message is posted in a specified Discord channel.

    How to Set Up the Trigger?

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing Discord connection or create a new one by following the connection setup steps.

    2. Enter the Channel ID – The Channel ID can be found in the channel’s URL.

    3. Save and Activate – Once configured, the trigger will monitor for new messages in the selected channel and initiate the associated workflow.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    Below are the available Discord actions that can be automated using ZBrain Flow.

    1. Send Message with Bot

    Automate sending messages from your Discord bot to a specific channel or thread.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select the Channel – Choose a channel from the list of available Discord channels.

    2. Enter the Message – Input the text message to be sent.

    3. Add Attachments (Optional) – Upload files to send along with the message.

    2. Send Message via Webhook

    Send a message using a Discord Webhook URL instead of a bot.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Webhook URL – Provide the Webhook URL from your Discord server.

    2. Enter Name – Define the display name for the webhook sender.

    3. Enter Message – Input the message text.

    4. Enter Avatar URL (Optional) – Set a custom avatar for the webhook message.

    5. Enter Embeds (Optional) – Structure the message with embeds.

    6. Enable Text-to-Speech (TTS) – Toggle ON/OFF to make the bot read the message aloud.

    3. Request Approval in a Channel

    Send a message requesting approval from users and wait for a response.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the Approval Request Message – Type the message requesting approval.

    3. Select the Channel – Choose where to send the request.

    4. Add Role to a Member

    Assign a specific role to a member in a Discord server (guild).

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the Guild ID – Select the server where the user is located.

    3. Enter the User ID – Provide the Discord user’s ID.

    4. Select the Role – Choose the role to assign.

    5. Remove Role from a Member

    Remove a previously assigned role from a user.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the User ID.

    4. Select the role to remove.

    6. Remove Member from Guild

    Remove a member from a Discord server (guild).

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the Guild ID.

    3. Input the User ID.

    7. List Guild Members

    Retrieve a list of all members in a specific Discord guild.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the Guild ID.

    3. Search for a member and select from the list.

    8. Rename a Channel

    Change the name of a text or voice channel.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the channel.

    3. Enter the new name for the channel.

    9. Create a New Channel

    Create a new text or voice channel in a server.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the channel name.

    10. Delete a Channel

    Permanently remove a text or voice channel from Discord.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the channel to be deleted.

    11. Find a Channel

    Locate a channel by name within a specific guild (server).

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the channel name.

    12. Remove Ban from a User

    Lift a ban on a previously banned Discord user.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the User ID.

    4. Enter the reason for unbanning.

    13. Create a Guild Role

    Create a new custom role in a Discord server.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the role name.

    4. Enable/disable ‘Display Separated’ – Show the role separately in the sidebar.

    5. Enable/disable ‘Mentionable’ – Allow users to mention this role.

    6. Enter the reason for creating the role.

    14. Delete a Guild Role

    Remove a role from a Discord server.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the role name.

    4. Enter the reason for deleting the role.

    15. Ban a Guild Member

    Ban a user from a Discord server.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Select the Guild ID.

    3. Enter the User ID.

    4. Enter the reason for banning.

    16. Custom API Call

    Send a custom request to a Discord API endpoint.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the Bot Token.

    2. Enter the API URL – Provide the full or relative API URL.

    3. Select the HTTP Method:

      • GET (Retrieve data)

      • POST (Send data)

      • PATCH (Modify data)

      • PUT (Update or replace data)

      • DELETE (Remove data)

      • HEAD (Fetch headers only)

    4. Add Headers – Define request headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters – Define query parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body – Provide request data in JSON format.

    7. Enable/Disable ‘No Error on Failure’ – Ignore errors if the API call fails.

    8. Enter Timeout – Define timeout in seconds.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values wherever needed.

    Find images using filters like type, size, and orientation.

    Custom Search

    Execute a highly customized search using Azure Bing Custom Search API.

    :
    • The endpoint URL can also be found in your Azure Portal under the same Keys and Endpoint section. It typically looks like:

      https://<your-region>.api.cognitive.microsoft.com/bing/v7.0/search

  • Enter the Details :

    • Paste the Subscription Key and Endpoint URL into the required fields in the Bing Search connection setup screen.

    • Click ‘Connect’ to authenticate and finalize the connection.

  • Count: Specify the number of results to return (default: 10; max: 50).

    Offset: Enter the index number to start returning results from (default: 0). Useful for fetching pages beyond the first.

  • Day: Past 24 hours

  • Week: Past 7 days

  • Month: Past 30 days

  • Sort By: Organize results by:

    • Date: Newest articles first

    • Relevance: Most contextually relevant articles

  • Strict

  • Moderate

  • Off

  • Trending Images: View currently trending images
  • Query-based Search: Perform query-specific searches

  • Search Query: Define the visual content you're looking for.

  • Image Type: Choose the type of image:

    • Photo, Clipart, Line, AnimatedGif, Shopping

  • Aspect Ratio: Set image shape preferences:

    • Square, Wide, Tall

  • Image Search
  • Custom Query Search

  • Custom Image Query Search

  • Search Query: Define your search input.

  • Custom Config ID: Enter your Custom Configuration ID (usually 1, found in Azure Custom Search resource).

  • Market: Localize the results with your region setting.

  • Count: Specify the number of results to return.

  • Offset: Enable pagination by selecting a starting index.

  • Safe Search: Filter explicit content using:

    • Strict, Moderate, or Off

  • Action Name

    Description

    Web Search

    Search the web for general topics, articles, and references.

    Web Search with Offset

    Perform a paginated web search (useful for browsing large result sets).

    General News Search

    Search for recent news articles from multiple sources.

    Filtered News Search

    Filter news based on publication freshness and relevance.

    News by Category

    Retrieve news headlines based on predefined topics such as Tech or Health.

    Trending News

    Get the latest trending news by region and category.

    Azure Portal

    Custom Image Search

    Check the status and presence of a specific page within Google's index.

    Custom API call

    Make custom API calls to specific endpoints in Google Search Console.

    Go to the Google Cloud Console (https://console.cloud.google.com/).
  • Create a new OAuth 2.0 client ID under APIs & Services > Credentials.

  • After creating the credentials, you will receive the Client ID and Client Secret, which you need to paste in the respective fields.

  • Click connect: Click 'Connect' to authenticate and authorize the connection with your Google Search Console account.

  • Dimensions: Define the dimensions by which to group the results, such as ["query", "page", "country", "device", "searchAppearance", "date"].

  • Filters: Apply filters to restrict the data to specific subsets.

  • Aggregation type: Choose how data is aggregated (e.g., "auto", "byPage", "byProperty").

  • Row limit: Set the maximum number of rows to return.

  • Start row: Specify the first row to return for paginated results.

  • GET
    – Retrieve data (e.g., performance data, site lists, sitemap status).
  • POST – Submit data (e.g., run search queries, submit sitemaps, request URL inspection).

  • DELETE – Remove a resource (e.g., delete a site or sitemap).

  • PATCH / PUT / HEAD – Rarely or not supported in Google Search Console; avoid unless explicitly required.

  • Add headers: Define additional headers required for the API request.

  • Add query parameters: Customize the request with query parameters.

  • Enter JSON body: Provide structured data in JSON format for the request.

  • Set timeout (in seconds): Define a timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling.

  • Action name

    Description

    Search analytics

    Query traffic data for your site using the Google Search Console API.

    List sitemaps

    List all your sitemaps for a given site.

    Submit a sitemap

    Submit a sitemap for a site to Google Search Console.

    List sites

    List all sites associated with your Google Search Console account.

    Add a site

    Add a site to the set of your sites in Google Search Console.

    Delete a site

    Remove a site from your Google Search Console account.

    URL inspection

  • When you activate the toggle to enable this feature, a button labeled ‘Add a Flow from the Flow Library’ will appear. Clicking this button will open the ‘Add a Flow’ panel.

  • Extracts text from images or scanned documents.
  • Enables further processing or analysis, such as searching, summarization, or automated reasoning.

  • Analyze each page as an image using an LLM

    • Purpose: Treats each document page as an image and processes both the visual and textual content for detailed analysis.

    • Functionality:

      • Converts document pages into a digital format using OCR.

      • Extracted text is analyzed using a Large Language Model (LLM) to:

        • Derive insights.

        • Generate summaries.

        • Classify content based on predefined criteria.

  • Extract images from the document and evaluate them using an LLM

    • Purpose: Designed for documents containing images that need to be analyzed.

    • Functionality:

      • Extracts images from the document.

      • Applies an LLM to analyze the images for:

        • Content recognition.

        • Pattern or object identification.

        • Useful for image-heavy documents requiring deeper content understanding.

  • Data Refinement Tuning.

    Chunk settings

    Configure the chunk settings as part of the setup process. For detailed instructions, refer to the Data Refinement Tuning guide.

    Graph store

    Below is the available graph store option for the knowledge graph:

    • Economical: This option utilizes ZBrain's built-in vector store with cost-effective vector engines and keyword indexes for efficient data handling.

    File store selection

    • ZBrain S3 storage: This option utilizes ZBrain's secure and scalable S3 storage for data management. It offers enhanced data management features and precise retrieval results without incurring additional token costs.

    Retrieval settings

    For knowledge graph selection

    • Retrieval type: You can choose between five search types:

    • Naive Mode: Falls back to basic vector similarity on text chunks (no KG traversal).

      • Best suited for: Quick POCs; content without rich relationships.

    • Local Mode: This search looks up context-dependent facts about a single entity using low-level keywords.

      • Best suited for: Ideal for Q&A about a particular policy, product feature, or isolated technical detail.

    • Global Mode: Emphasizes relationship-based knowledge, traversing edges to reveal broader connections between concepts.

      • Best suited for: For holistic questions that require networked insights, e.g., “How do X, Y, and Z relate?”

    • Hybrid Mode: Combines both local and global retrieval, then merges the results.

      • Best suited for: Complex business questions that need both entity facts and contextual relationships.

    • Mix Mode: Executes both vector (semantic) and graph retrieval in parallel, drawing from unstructured and structured data, including time metadata.

      • Best suited for: Multi-layered queries that span different data types or dimensions, such as timelines, comparisons, or multifaceted evaluations.

    Top K: This setting determines the number of most relevant results returned for a user's search query. You can specify the desired number of results (default is 50).

    Score threshold: This setting defines the minimum score a result needs to achieve to be included in the search results. You can specify a score between 0.01 and 1 (default is 0.2).

    Embedding model

    • Choose the embedding type that best suits your use case to optimize text representation and improve performance.

    The following embedding models are available when a knowledge graph is chosen in the RAG definition:

    • It will then display the proposed document and the estimated number of chunks for your review.

    • You can check the approximate cost and credits consumed for each Knowledge Graph creation. Actual values will depend on the number of chunks.

    • Click ‘Details’ on ‘Credit Usage’ to reveal credits consumed for knowledge base creation.

    Knowledge Graph LLM ( for knowledge graph selection)

    • Choose the LLM that will perform reasoning over the knowledge graph (default: gpt-4o). The chosen model powers query rewriting, path finding and answer synthesis.

    Adding instructions for knowledge graph generation

    • You can enter custom instructions to define exactly how a Knowledge Graph should be built in the Knowledge Graph Instructions box.

    • Enter custom instructions: ZBrain allows advanced users to edit the instructions sent to the LLM during knowledge graph creation. Click ‘Edit' to customize or modify the default prompt and type your instructions, or click 'Generate’ to let ZBrain draft a prompt template, so the system knows exactly how to extract entities and relationships.

    Note: Adding custom instructions is only applicable for advanced users.

    Customize the prompt for the knowledge graph

    If the prompt instructions are not given properly, or the output of the prompt is not in the expected format, or there is a possibility that the knowledge graph creation will fail, you can customize the prompt. This step is optional and intended for users who have a detailed understanding of prompt formatting.

    You can choose to:

    • Use the default prompt (recommended for most users)

    • Replace only the placeholder values

    • Remove all default instructions and write your own

    Default prompt

    In this step, a structured prompt is sent to the model by default. It contains placeholders that the system automatically fills in with preset values. These include:

    Placeholder
    Populated with
    Default values

    {language}

    The selected language for output

    English

    {entity_types}

    Entity types chosen by the user

    "organization", "person", "geo", "event", "category"

    {tuple_delimiter}

    Symbol for separating elements within a tuple

    <|>

    {record_delimiter}

    Symbol for separating entries in the output list

    Do not delete these placeholders unless replacing them intentionally.

    Output format

    If you create a custom prompt, it must return output in a specific format. This includes:

    • Entities: ("entity"{tuple_delimiter}entity_name{tuple_delimiter}entity_type{tuple_delimiter}entity_description)

    • Relationships: ("relationship"{tuple_delimiter}source_entity{tuple_delimiter}target_entity{tuple_delimiter}relationship_description{tuple_delimiter}relationship_keywords{tuple_delimiter}relationship_strength)

    • Content keywords: ("content_keywords"{tuple_delimiter}high_level_keywords)

    • Output must be a flat list, separated by {record_delimiter}, and end with {completion_delimiter}.

    The final prompt

    This is the prompt that goes to the LLM after placeholders are replaced in the backend.

    Watch the tooltip: If your instructions are incomplete or ambiguous, an inline warning appears to flag the risk of skewed results.

    Once the prompt reflects your requirements, proceed to generate the Knowledge Graph; the platform will apply your refined instructions to the uploaded content.

    Agentic Retrieval

    This is a retrieval strategy where an LLM actively plans and decomposes a complex query into smaller sub-queries to guide information retrieval. It relies on having enough context (e.g., a full question rather than a single word) to create a structured search plan. This allows the agent or app to orchestrate both keyword and semantic search engines for more accurate, context-aware results.

    Enabling Agentic Retrieval

    To enable and configure Agentic Retrieval:

    • Toggle on the Agentic Retrieval switch.

    • From the Agentic Retrieval Model dropdown, select the LLM (e.g., gpt-4o) to be used for orchestrating the sub-query planning and execution.

    • Once you have confirmed your selections, click the ‘Next’ button.

    Execute and finish

    On this screen, review all the details of the knowledge base you have provided earlier. If everything appears accurate, click the ‘Manage Knowledge Base’ button to complete the creation process. You can monitor the embedding progress of the knowledge base in real-time using the slider, whether it has been created or is currently in progress.

    Your newly created knowledge base is now accessible for use within your ZBrain solutions. You can create additional knowledge bases by clicking on the ‘Add’ button or delete existing ones using the ‘Delete’ button.

    You will receive clear, contextual error feedback when indexing fails during Knowledge Base creation, along with detailed explanations of the errors. Each error provides actionable guidance (e.g., verify API keys, check permissions) to help you resolve issues quickly.

    Note: If a knowledge base is initially created using a knowledge graph, the vector store option is hidden for all subsequent document uploads under that knowledge base and vice versa.

    Data refinement tuning

    Learn how to configure chunking, retrieval, and embedding settings in ZBrain to optimize knowledge base creation with vector stores or knowledge graphs.

    This page allows you to configure text processing parameters that determine how documents are processed and stored for optimal retrieval and knowledge base creation.

    To configure a knowledge base, complete the following steps in sequence:

    • Select a RAG definition – Choose between a vector store or a knowledge graph as the underlying retrieval method.

    • Configure chunk settings – Define how source content is segmented for efficient indexing and retrieval.

    • Select vector/graph store - Select the vector store/ graph store from the available options as per your RAG selection.

    • Use the default file store – ZBrain’s built-in file storage securely manages source documents or structured data used for retrieval, without any customized configuration.

    • Set retrieval parameters – Specify query behavior such as search type, top-k results, and score thresholds.

    • Choose an embedding model – Select the model to be used to convert text into vector representations for semantic search and to capture contextual relationships of the input data.

    • Choose LLM for knowledge graph - If you have selected the knowledge graph option, select the appropriate LLM from the available options.

    • Agentic retrieval (optional step) - Enable this option to use agentic, RAG-based retrieval logic, leveraging LLMs for intelligent sub-query planning and delivering more accurate, context-rich responses.

    Select the RAG definition

    In this step, configure the data retrieval model that determines how your knowledge base will store, index, and retrieve content to generate accurate, context-aware responses to user queries.

    ZBrain supports two RAG storage models:

    • Vector store – default, chunk-and-embedding index for semantic similarity search

    • Knowledge graph – entity–relationship graph stored in ZBrain’s graph database

    Select the one that best matches your data and query needs.

    Option
    When to choose it

    Chunk settings

    ZBrain provides three distinct chunking approaches for both options:

    • Automatic: This option is recommended for users unfamiliar with the process. ZBrain will automatically set chunk and preprocessing rules based on best practices.

    • DocType Chunking

    This option splits documents into meaningful sections based on their type and structure, instead of using arbitrary text length. For example, policies are divided by sections, contracts by clauses, and tables by rows or cells. OCR is also supported, so scanned and image-based documents can be processed and made searchable.

    To configure DocType chunking:

    1. From the Chunking Method drop-down, select the option that aligns with your document type. Each method supports specific file formats and follows a distinct processing logic.

    2. Review the supported file formats for the selected type before uploading files.

    3. If you select ‘General’, you can optionally enable ‘Apply Vision Model (GPT-4o) for general chunking method’ for better OCR or image-text comprehension. To switch to a different LLM, click ‘Change.’

    4. Click ‘Update’ to apply your changes.

    The available chunking methods and their corresponding supported file types are listed below:

    • Custom:

    This section allows advanced users to fine-tune how their data is broken down (chunked) before the AI uses it. It includes options for segmenting text, setting chunk lengths, and preprocessing.

    Segment identifier

    • What it is: A character or sequence that defines where a new chunk starts. Instead of breaking text at a fixed length, you can break it at logical points like paragraphs or tabs.

    • Examples:

      • \n = newline character (used to separate paragraphs or lines)

    You will get a tooltip on this box, which includes clear explanations of characters like n (newline) and t (tab) to understand how content will be segmented.

    • Why it matters: Using segment identifiers helps keep chunks semantically meaningful (e.g., breaking at the end of a sentence or section).

    • Tip: Use \n to chunk based on paragraphs or lines. Use \t if your data is tabular or structured with tabs.

    Maximum chunk length

    • What it is: The maximum number of characters (including spaces) in a single chunk.

    • The default is shown: 500 characters.

    • Why it matters: LLMs (Large Language Models) can only handle a limited context window.

      • Higher chunk length:

    Chunk overlap

    • What it is: The number of overlapping characters between two consecutive chunks.

    • Why it is useful: Prevents loss of context at chunk boundaries. For example, if important content is at the end of one chunk, a small overlap ensures it appears at the start of the next chunk.

    • Default shown: 0 (no overlap).

    Text preprocessing rules

    • Replace consecutive spaces, newlines, and tabs to clean up formatting inconsistencies.

    • Delete all URLs and email addresses to remove sensitive or irrelevant contact information.

    • Once you have made your changes, click the 'Confirm & Preview' button to review the results.

    Agentic retrieval

    • Whether you select a vector store or a knowledge graph as the RAG definition, the Agentic Retrieval toggle is set to disable by default. For a more context-rich result, enable the Agentic Retrieval toggle.

    • Once agentic retrieval is enabled, select the LLM to be used for sub-query planning from the list of LLMs available in the Agentic Retrieval Model drop-down.

    To complete the configuration of your knowledge base, refer to the appropriate documentation based on your selected RAG definition. Follow the step-by-step guide provided to ensure accurate and efficient setup.

    Retrieval model
    Documentation reference

    Google Drive

    Integrate Google Drive into ZBrain flows to automate file storage, retrieval, and management within workflows.

    Google Drive is a cloud storage service provided by Google. It allows users to store, access, and share files from any device at any time, making it ideal for backup, collaboration, and seamless integration with other Google Workspace applications.

    To integrate Google Drive with ZBrain Flow, follow these detailed steps:

    • Click the '+' button in the Flow and search for Google Drive in the ZBrain Flow.

    • Select the specific task from the list you want to include in the Flow. You can perform the below-listed tasks:

      • Create New File: Create a new text file in your Google Drive from the provided text.

      • Create New Folder: Create a new empty folder in your Google Drive.

      • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Drive endpoint.

      • Delete File: Permanently delete a file from your Google Drive.

      • Delete Permissions: Remove a role from a user for a specific file or folder.

      • Duplicate File: Duplicate a file from Google Drive and return the new file ID.

      • Get File: Retrieve a file or folder for files/sub-folders.

      • List Files: List files from a Google Drive folder.

      • Move File: Move a file from one folder to another.

      • Read File: Read the contents of a selected file from Google Drive.

      • Save File as PDF: Convert and save a file as a PDF in a Google Drive folder.

      • Search: Search a Google Drive folder for files or sub-folders.

      • Set Public Access: Set public access for a file or folder.

      • Trash File: Move a file to the trash in your Google Drive.

      • Update Permissions: Update permissions for a file or folder.

      • Upload File: Upload a file to your Google Drive.

    Create New File

    Create a new text file in your Google Drive from the provided text.

    How to Configure Create New File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the name of the file in the File name field.

    • Provide the text content to add to the file in the Text box.

    • Select the desired value, which is the content format, from the Content type

    Create New Folder

    Create a new empty folder in your Google Drive.

    How to Configure Create New File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the new folder name in the Folder name text box.

    • Select the parent folder, if any, from the Parent Folder drop-down.

    • Optional Settings

    Custom API Call

    Make a custom API call to a specific Google Drive endpoint.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the URL. The URL refers to the specific endpoint of the API you want to interact with. This endpoint determines the resource or action the request will address (e.g., creating events, updating calendars, retrieving event details).

    • Choose the Method to be used for the API call.

    Delete File

    Permanently delete a file from your Google Drive.

    How to Configure Delete File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file to be deleted in the File ID box. This is the unique identifier for the file you want to delete. This tells Google Drive which specific file to remove.

    • Optional Settings

    Delete Permissions

    Remove a role from a user for a specific file or folder.

    How to Configure Delete Permissions to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file or folder to update permissions for in the File or Folder ID field.

    • Provide the user's email address to update permissions in the User email field.

    • Select the role of the user from the Role

    Duplicate File

    Duplicate a file from Google Drive and return the new file ID.

    How to Configure Duplicate File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file to duplicate in the File ID box.

    • Provide the name of the new file in the Name box.

    • Provide the ID of the folder where the file will be duplicated in the Folder ID

    Get File

    Retrieve a file or folder for files/sub-folders.

    How to Configure Get File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file/folder to search for in the File / Folder ID field.

    • Optional Settings

      • Include Team Drives:

    List Files

    List files from a Google Drive folder.

    How to Configure List Files to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the Folder ID value, which could be a new folder ID or an existing folder ID.

    • Optional Settings

      • Include Team Drives:

    Move File

    Move a file from one folder to another.

    How to Configure Move File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the file name in the File ID using the Search Folder/File action to retrieve the ID.

    • Provide Parent Folder value. It refers to the new destination folder where you want to place the file. By specifying a parent folder, you define the exact location where the moved file will reside in Google Drive (or Team Drives if enabled).

    Read File

    Read the contents of a selected file from Google Drive.

    How to Configure Read File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the File ID value, which could be a new file ID or an existing file ID.

    • Provide the Destination File name.

    Save Document as PDF

    Convert and save a file as a PDF in a Google Drive folder.

    How to Configure Save Document as PDF to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the document to export in the Document ID field.

    • Provide the ID of the folder where the file will be exported in the Folder ID field.

    • Provide the name of the new file (do not include the extension) in the

    Search

    Search a Google Drive folder for files or sub-folders.

    How to Configure Search to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Select the query term or field of file/folder to search upon from the Query Term drop-down.

    • Select the operator to create criteria from the Operator drop-down.

    • Provide the value of the field of file/folder to search in the

    Set Public Access

    Set public access for a file or folder.

    How to Configure Set Public Access to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file or folder to update permissions for in the File or Folder ID field.

    Trash File

    Move a file to the trash in your Google Drive.

    How to Configure Trash File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file to the trash in the File ID field.

    • Optional Settings

      • Include Team Drives:

    Update Permissions

    Update permissions for a file or folder.

    How to Configure Update Permissions to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the ID of the file or folder to update permissions for in the File or Folder ID field.

    • Provide the email address of the user to update permissions in the User email field.

    • Select the role to grant to the user from the

    Upload File

    Upload a file to your Google Drive.

    How to Configure Upload File to ZBrain Flow?

    • Create a Connection with your Gmail ID and save the connection with a proper name, or select the already created connection.

    • Provide the name of the file in the File name field.

    • Provide the file URL in the File field.

    • Select the parent folder from the Parent Folder drop-down.

    Airtable

    Integrate Airtable with ZBrain to automate record creation, updates, and retrievals, streamlining data-driven workflows.

    Airtable in ZBrain Flow is a cloud-based collaboration platform that merges the simplicity of a spreadsheet with the power of a database. It enables users to create, retrieve, and manage records across various tables while also supporting file uploads and custom API calls for advanced integrations.

    How to Integrate Airtable with ZBrain Flow

    1. Click the “+” button in the Flow: Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign to add a new step.

    drop-down.
  • Select the folder name from the Parent Folder drop-down.

  • Optional Settings

    • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.

  • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.

  • Provide the Headers. These are key-value pairs sent along with the API request to convey additional information (e.g., authentication tokens, content type). Headers help the server process your request correctly. Authorization headers are injected automatically from your connection.
  • Provide the Query Parameters object. These are appended to the URL and are typically used to filter or modify the request. For example, adding ?status=active might limit results to only active records.

  • Include the main data payload (in formats such as JSON or form data) in the Body when making a request to create, update, or process the server's information.

  • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.
    drop-down.
    field.
    Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.
    Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.
    Name
    field.
  • Optional Settings

    • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.

  • Value
    field.
  • Select the value from the File Type drop-down.

  • Select the parent folder value from the Parent Folder drop-down.

  • Optional Settings

    • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.

  • Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.
    Role
    drop-down.
  • If you want to send an email to the user to notify them of the new permissions, then enable Send invitation email.

  • Optional Settings

    • Include Team Drives: Files and folders stored in shared drives (Team Drives) are also considered for file creation when enabled. If disabled, operations are limited to your personal Google Drive.

    Search for “Airtable”: Type “Airtable” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

  • Choose the Desired Task: Select the specific Airtable task you want to include in your Flow.

  • Tasks You Can Perform on Airtable

    • Create Airtable Record: Add a new entry to an Airtable base, populating one or more fields.

    • Find Airtable Record: Retrieve specific entries by searching for keywords or matching criteria within a table.

    • Update Airtable Record: Modify an existing entry by changing or adding new field values.

    • Delete Airtable Record: Remove an existing entry from a table, ensuring it no longer appears in searches or views.

    • Upload File to Column: Attach files directly to a designated field in Airtable, facilitating easy file sharing and reference.

    • Custom API Call: Make a tailored API request to interact with Airtable’s endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

    Create Airtable Record

    Add a new entry to an Airtable base, populating one or more fields.

    How to Configure Airtable Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Specify Base

    1. In the Base field, select or enter the name/ID of the Airtable base where you want to create records.

    2. Ensure this base corresponds to the workspace you authorized in Step 2.

    Step 4: Specify Table

    1. In the Table field, choose the table within the base where the new records should be added (e.g., “Tasks,” “Contacts,” etc.).

    2. This table must exist in your specified base before you can create records.

    Step 5: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure new records are successfully created in the specified base and table.

    Find Airtable Record

    Retrieve specific entries by searching for keywords or matching criteria within a table.

    How to Configure Find Airtable Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Specify Base

    1. In the Base field, select or enter the name/ID of the Airtable base you want to search.

    2. Ensure this base exists in your Airtable workspace.

    Step 4: Specify Table

    1. In the Table field, choose the table within your base where you want to find records.

    2. This table must exist in your specified base.

    Step 5: Configure Search Criteria

    1. Search Field: Indicate which column (field) in your Airtable table you want to search against (e.g., “Name,” “Email,” or “ID”).

    2. Search Value: Enter the exact value you want to match in the chosen field.

    Step 6: View: It refers to the specific Airtable view you want to use for filtering and sorting your search results. In Airtable, each table can have multiple views (e.g., Grid, Kanban, Form, etc.)—often with custom filters, groupings, or sorts. By specifying a view name or ID in this field:

    1. Filtering: Only records that appear in that view will be considered by the “Find Airtable Record” action.

    2. Sorting: If the view has a defined sort order, your results will follow that order.

    If you leave this field blank, Airtable typically defaults to the table’s primary (first) view. If you want to narrow results based on a custom filter or retrieve records in a particular order, enter the exact name of the view (as it appears in Airtable).

    Step 7: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure the correct record is found in your specified Airtable base and table.

    Update Airtable Record

    Modify an existing entry by changing or adding new field values.

    How to Configure Update Airtable Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one.

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Specify Base

    1. In the Base field, select or enter the name/ID of the Airtable base you want to update.

    2. Ensure this base exists in your Airtable workspace.

    Step 4: Specify Table

    1. In the Table field, choose the table within your base that contains the record you want to update.

    2. This table must exist in your specified base.

    Step 5: Identify the Record

    1. In the Record ID field, enter the unique identifier of the record you wish to update (e.g., rec12345).

    2. Make sure the Record ID corresponds to an existing entry in the table.

    Step 6: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure the specified record is updated successfully in your Airtable base and table.

    Delete Airtable Record

    Remove an existing entry from a table, ensuring it no longer appears in searches or views.

    How to Configure Delete Airtable Record to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one.

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Specify Base

    1. In the Base field, select or enter the name/ID of the Airtable base that contains the record you want to delete.

    2. Ensure this base exists in your Airtable workspace.

    Step 4: Specify Table

    1. In the Table field, choose the table within your base that holds the record you intend to remove.

    2. This table must exist in your specified base.

    Step 5: Identify the Record

    1. In the Record ID field, enter the unique identifier of the record you wish to delete (e.g., rec12345).

    2. Confirm that the Record ID corresponds to an existing entry in the table.

    Step 6: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure the specified record is successfully deleted from your Airtable base and table.

    Upload File to Column

    Attach files directly to a designated field in Airtable, facilitating easy file sharing and reference.

    How to Configure Upload File to Column to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one.

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Specify Base

    1. In the Base field, select or enter the name/ID of the Airtable base where you want to upload a file.

    2. Ensure this base exists in your Airtable workspace.

    Step 4: Specify Table

    1. In the Table field, choose the table within your base that contains the record you want to update with a file.

    2. This table must exist in your specified base.

    Step 5: Select Attachment Column

    1. In the Attachment Column field, specify which column is designated for file attachments (e.g., “Attachments,” “Files,” etc.).

    2. This column must be configured as an attachment-type field in Airtable.

    Step 6: Identify the Record

    1. In the Record ID field, enter the unique identifier of the record to which you want to attach the file (e.g., rec12345).

    2. Confirm that the Record ID corresponds to an existing entry in the table.

    Step 7: Provide File Details

    1. File: Upload or reference the file you want to attach. You can either provide a direct URL or upload a local file.

    2. File Content Type: Specify the file's MIME type (e.g., image/png, application/pdf).

    3. File Name: Enter a clear name for the file, as it will appear in Airtable.

    Step 8: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure the file is successfully uploaded to the specified column in your Airtable record.

    Custom API Call

    Make a tailored API request to interact with Airtable’s endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

    How to Configure Custom API Call to ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Obtain Your Airtable Personal Access Token

    1. Log in to your Airtable account.

    2. Visit https://airtable.com/create/tokens/ to create one.

    3. Click on "+ Add a base" and select the base you want to use or all bases.

    4. Click on "+ Add a scope" and select "data.records.read", "data.records.write" and "schema.bases.read".

    5. Click on "Create token" and copy the token.

    Step 2: Create a New Connection

    1. In the Connection field, select Create a new connection.

    2. Enter a descriptive Connection Name (e.g., “Airtable Connection”).

    3. Paste the token into the Personal Access Token field.

    4. Save the connection to confirm your credentials.

    Step 3: Provide the API Details

    1. URL: Enter the endpoint you wish to call (e.g., https://api.airtable.com/v0/...).

    2. Method: Select the HTTP method (e.g., GET, POST, PUT, PATCH, DELETE) appropriate for the Airtable operation you want to perform.

    Step 4: Configure Headers and Parameters

    1. Headers: Add any key-value pairs required by Airtable (e.g., Authorization: Bearer <token>, Content-Type: application/json).

    2. Query Parameters: If needed, specify additional parameters (e.g., ?filterByFormula=) to refine or filter results.

    Step 5: Add a Request Body (If Applicable)

    1. Body: Provide the JSON or other data payload required for the API call, such as field updates or record details.

    2. Ensure you follow Airtable’s API documentation for the correct format and structure.

    Step 6: Timeout (in seconds): It is an optional field that specifies how long the system should wait for the API call to respond before it’s considered a failure. If the request takes longer than this duration, the step will time out, and an error (or a fallback path, if configured) may occur.

    Step 7: Save and Test

    1. Save your changes to confirm the setup.

    2. Run or test your flow to ensure the custom API call interacts correctly with Airtable’s API, returning or updating data as intended.

    ##

    {completion_delimiter}

    Final output marker

    <|COMPLETE|>

    {examples}

    Examples to guide the LLM

    Predefined list of example outputs

    {input_text}

    The input document content

    Automatically populated at runtime with data from the knowledge source. Should not be removed or modified.

    A quick 'How-to' video with steps to create your knowledge base using knowledge graph

    PDF

    Tailored for academic, research or related papers.

    Table

    XLSX, CSV/TXT

    Optimized for tabular data. The first row must contain column headers. For CSV/TXT files, TAB must be used as the column delimiter.

    Laws

    PDF, DOCX, TXT

    Segments legal documents for precise legal information retrieval.

    Presentation

    PDF, PPTX

    Processes slides, preserving layout and text hierarchy.

    One (Single Chunk)

    DOCX, XLSX, PDF, TXT

    Treats the entire document as a single chunk. Useful when maintaining document context as a whole is critical.

    \t = tab character (used for indentation or bullet points)
    Better context and accuracy, but slower processing and higher memory use.
  • Lower chunk length: Faster and more efficient, but may reduce accuracy due to limited context.

  • The tooltip message clearly provides contextual explanations of how high or low values impact processing.

  • Vector store

    • Unstructured text

    • Rapid prototyping

    Knowledge graph

    • Information with critical inter-entity relationships, such as product-component hierarchies, chronological timelines, or complex organizational structures.

    Chunking method

    Supported file formats

    Description

    General

    PDF, DOCX, XLSX, TXT, JSON

    General-purpose chunking suitable for most unstructured documents. Optionally enable ‘Apply Vision model (GPT-4o) for general chunking method’ for enhanced visual-text understanding.

    Q & A (Question & Answer)

    XLSX, CSV/TXT

    XLSX/XLS (97–2003): Two columns without headers — the first for questions, the second for answers, with the question column preceding the answer column. Multiple sheets are supported if columns are correctly structured. CSV/TXT: Must be UTF-8 encoded, using TAB as the delimiter separating questions and answers.

    Manual

    PDF, DOCX

    Ideal for structured instructional or procedural manuals.

    Book

    PDF, DOCX, TXT

    Designed for large text files such as books. Automatically detects chapters and sections for logical segmentation.

    Vector Store

    How to create a knowledge base using vector store?

    Knowledge Graph

    How to create a knowledge base using knowledge graph?

    Paper

    Quick 'How-to' video with steps to create your knowledge base
    Quick 'How-to' video to use Web URLs to create your knowledge base

    Flowlu

    Flowlo component helps you organizations streamline operations, enhance collaboration, and automate workflows.

    Flowlu is a comprehensive business management software designed to help organizations streamline operations, enhance collaboration, and automate workflows. It combines CRM, project management, task tracking, financial management, invoicing, and knowledge management into a single platform. With its intuitive interface and powerful automation features, Flowlu enables businesses to efficiently manage sales pipelines, customer relationships, team collaboration, and financial operations.

    How to Integrate Flowlu with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Flowlu with ZBrain Flow:

    Quick ‘How-to’ video with steps to tune data refinement settings
    Click the '+' button in ZBrain Flow.
  • Type "Flowlu" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect Flowlu with ZBrain Flow

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter a Connection Name: Provide a descriptive name for your connection.

    2. Enter the Domain: Enter your company domain from your account URL address.

      • For example, if your account URL is https://example.flowlu.com, your domain is "example.”

    3. Enter the API Key: Input your Flowlu API key.

    To Obtain your API Key:

    1. Log in to your Flowlu account.

    2. Click on your profile picture (top-right) and navigate to Portal Settings -> API Settings.

    3. Create a new API key with any name and appropriate scope.

    4. Copy the API Key to your clipboard and paste it into the API Key field.

    5. Click Save to complete the connection setup.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create CRM Account (Contact)

    The Create CRM Account (Contact) action enables users to add a new individual contact to the Flowlu CRM system, facilitating customer data management.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Title: Provide a title for the contact.

    3. Enter First, Middle and Last Name: Specify the contact's name details.

    4. Select the Assignee ID: Choose the user responsible for this contact.

    5. Select the Account Category: Specify the category for this contact.

    6. Select the Account Industry: Choose the industry relevant to this contact.

    7. Enter Additional Details: You can optionally provide:

      • Website

      • Email

      • Primary phone number

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    2. Update CRM Account (Contact)

    The Update CRM Account (Contact) action allows users to modify information for an existing contact in the Flowlu CRM system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Contact ID: Specify the unique identifier of the contact to be updated.

    3. Enter the Title: Update the title for the contact if needed.

    4. Enter First, Middle and Last Name: Modify the contact's name details.

    5. Select the Assignee ID: Update the user responsible for this contact.

    6. Select the Account Category: Modify the category for this contact.

    7. Select the Account Industry: Update the industry relevant to this contact.

    8. Update Additional Details: You can modify any of these fields:

      • Website

      • Email

      • Primary phone number

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    3. Delete CRM Account (Contact)

    The Delete CRM Account (Contact) action enables users to remove an existing contact from the Flowlu CRM system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Contact ID: Specify the unique identifier of the contact to be deleted.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    4. Create CRM Account (Organization)

    The Create CRM Account (Organization) action allows users to add a new business entity to the Flowlu CRM system, facilitating B2B relationship management.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Organization Name: Provide the business name for the organization.

    3. Enter the Full Legal Name for Organization: Specify the complete legal entity name.

    4. Select the Assignee ID: Choose the user responsible for this organization.

    5. Select the Account Category: Specify the category for this organization.

    6. Select the Account Industry: Choose the industry relevant to this organization.

    7. Enter Additional Details: You can optionally provide:

      • Website

      • Email

      • Primary phone number

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    5. Create Opportunity

    The Create Opportunity action enables users to add a new sales opportunity within the Flowlu CRM system, facilitating pipeline management and sales tracking.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Title: Provide a name for the opportunity.

    3. Enter the Opportunity Amount: Specify the monetary value of this opportunity.

    4. Enter the Description: Provide details about the opportunity.

    5. Select the Opportunity Source: Choose where this opportunity originated from.

    6. Enter the Start and End Date: Specify the timeframe for this opportunity.

      • Note: Please use YYYY-MM-DD, HH:mm:ss format.

    7. Select the Assignee ID: Choose the user responsible for this opportunity.

    8. Select the Customer ID: Specify the organization associated with this opportunity.

    9. Select the Contact ID: Specify the individual associated with this opportunity.

    10. Select the Sales Pipeline ID: Choose which sales pipeline this opportunity belongs to.

    11. Select the Sales pipeline stage ID: Specify the current stage of this opportunity.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    6. Update Opportunity

    The Update Opportunity action allows users to modify information for an existing sales opportunity in the Flowlu CRM system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Opportunity ID: Specify the unique identifier of the opportunity to be updated.

    3. Enter the Title: Update the name for the opportunity if needed.

    4. Enter the Opportunity Amount: Modify the monetary value of this opportunity.

    5. Enter the Description: Update details about the opportunity.

    6. Select the Opportunity Source: Modify where this opportunity originated from.

    7. Enter the Start and End date: Update the timeframe for this opportunity.

      • Note: Please use YYYY-MM-DD, HH:mm:ss format.

    8. Select the Assignee ID: Update the user responsible for this opportunity.

    9. Select the Customer ID: Modify the organization associated with this opportunity.

    10. Select the Contact ID: Update the individual associated with this opportunity.

    11. Select the Sales Pipeline ID: Modify which sales pipeline this opportunity belongs to.

    12. Select the Sales Pipeline Stage ID: Update the current stage of this opportunity.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    7. Delete Opportunity

    The Delete Opportunity action enables users to remove an existing sales opportunity from the Flowlu CRM system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Opportunity ID: Specify the unique identifier of the opportunity to be deleted.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    8. Create Task

    The Create Task action allows users to add a new task or event in the Flowlu system, facilitating project management and activity tracking.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Name: Provide a title for the task.

    3. Enter the Description: Specify details about what needs to be accomplished.

    4. Select the Priority: Choose the importance level of this task.

    5. Enter the Start and End Date: Specify the timeframe for this task.

      • Note: Please use YYYY-MM-DD, HH:mm:ss format.

    6. Enable/Disable Options:

      • The assignee can change the end date for this task? Toggle to allow deadline flexibility.

      • This task needs approval from the owner? Toggle to require completion verification.

    7. Select the Assignee ID: Choose the user responsible for completing this task.

    8. Select the Owner ID: Specify who created or owns this task.

    9. Select Task Type: Choose from Task, Inbox, Event, or Task template.

    10. Enter the Task Workflow ID: Specify which workflow this task belongs to.

    11. Enter the Task Workflow Status ID: Choose the current status of this task.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    9. Update Task

    The Update Task action enables users to modify information for an existing task in the Flowlu system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Task ID: Specify the unique identifier of the task to be updated.

    3. Enter the Name: Update the title for the task.

    4. Enter the Description: Modify detailed information about what needs to be done.

    5. Select the Priority: Update the importance level for this task.

    6. Enter the Start and End Date: Modify the timeline for this task. Note: Please use YYYY-MM-DD, HH:mm:ssformat.

    7. Enable/Disable Options:

      • The assignee can change the end date for this task? Toggle to allow deadline flexibility.

      • This task needs approval from the owner? Toggle to require completion verification.

    8. Select the Assignee ID: Update which team member is responsible for completing this task.

    9. Select the Owner ID: Modify who created or is ultimately responsible for this task.

    10. Select Task Type: Update the type from Task, Inbox, Event, or Task template.

    11. Enter the Task Workflow ID: Modify which process this task belongs to.

    12. Enter the Task Workflow Status ID: Update the current status in the workflow.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    10. Get Task

    The Get Task action allows users to retrieve comprehensive information about an existing task from the Flowlu system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Task ID: Specify the unique identifier of the task to retrieve.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    11. Delete Task

    The Delete Task action enables users to remove an existing task from the Flowlu system.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose a previously configured Flowlu connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Task ID: Specify the unique identifier of the task to be deleted.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Baserow

    Integrate Baserow databases into your ZBrain AI agent flows to manage and utilize structured data effectively within your applications.

    Baserow in ZBrain Flow is an open-source, no-code database builder that empowers you to create, retrieve, and manage data in a user-friendly environment. By integrating Baserow into your ZBrain Flow, you can streamline your data operations across various tables, automate updates, and leverage custom API calls for more advanced functionality.

    How to Integrate Baserow with ZBrain Flow?

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign (+) to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow” Type “Baserow” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

    3. Choose the Desired Task Select the specific Baserow task you want to include in your Flow.

    Tasks You Can Perform on Baserow

    • Create Row: Add a new row to a Baserow table by specifying the fields and values.

    • Delete Row: Remove an existing row from a table so it no longer appears in searches or views.

    • Get Row: Fetch a single row from a Baserow table based on a given identifier.

    • List Rows: Retrieve multiple rows (in pages) from a table, allowing you to process large datasets efficiently.

    Create Row

    Add a new row to a Baserow table by specifying the fields and values.

    How to Configure the “Create Row” Action with Baserow in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “Create Row” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

    2. Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

    3. API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 4: Configure the “Create Row” Action

    1. Table ID

      • Enter the ID of the table where you want to add a new row.

      • You can find the table ID in your Baserow workspace (often displayed in the URL or settings for the specific table).

    Step 5. Save and Test

    1. Save the Step

      • After entering all required details, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Delete Row

    Remove an existing row from a table so it no longer appears in searches or views.

    How to Configure the “Delete Row” Action with Baserow in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “Delete Row” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

    2. Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

    3. API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 4: Configure the “Delete Row” Action

    1. Table ID

      • Enter the ID of the table from where you want to delete a row.

      • You can find the table ID in your Baserow workspace (often displayed in the URL or settings for the specific table).

    2. Row ID

    Step 4. Save and Test

    1. Save the Step

      • Once you’ve entered the Table ID and Row ID, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Get Row

    Fetch a single row from a Baserow table based on a given identifier.

    How to Configure the “Get Row” Action with Baserow in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “Get Row” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

    2. Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

    3. API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 4: Configure the “Get Row” Action

    • Table ID

      • Enter the ID of the table where the row resides.

      • You can typically find this in your Baserow workspace (often shown in the URL or table settings).

    • Row ID

    List Rows

    Retrieve multiple rows (in pages) from a table, allowing you to process large datasets efficiently.

    How to Configure the “List Rows” Action in Baserow Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “List Rows” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

    2. Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

    3. API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 3: Configure the “List Rows” Action

    • Table ID Enter the ID of the table from which you want to retrieve rows. You can usually find the Table ID in your Baserow workspace (often in the URL or table settings).

    • Limit (Optional) Set the maximum count of rows you want to fetch. If left blank, Baserow will return all available rows (up to any default or plan-based limits).

    • Search (Optional) Provide a keyword or phrase to limit the rows to only those containing a match in any text-based field. Useful if you need to quickly filter records by a specific value.

    Update Row

    Modify an existing row by changing or adding new field values.

    How to Configure the “Update Row” Action in Baserow Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “Update Row” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

    2. Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

    3. API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 4: Configure the “Update Row” Action

    1. Table ID

    • Enter the ID of the table where the row currently exists.

      • You can typically find the Table ID in your Baserow workspace (often in the URL or table settings).

    1. Row ID

    • Provide the unique identifier (numeric ID) for the record you want to modify.

      • This ID can be retrieved from a previous step (e.g., “List Rows” or “Get Row”) or by checking the row details in Baserow.

    Custom API Call

    Make a tailored API request to interact with Baserow’s endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

    How to Configure the “Custom API Call” Action in Baserow Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Create a Baserow Connection

    1. Log in to your Baserow Account.

    2. Click on your profile-pic(top-left) and navigate to Settings->Database tokens.

    3. Create a new token with any name and appropriate workspace.

    4. After token creation, click on the right beside the token name and copy the database token.

    Step 2: Add the “Update Row” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your ZBrain Flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Baserow”

      • Type “Baserow”

    Step 3: Enter Connection Details

    1. In ZBrain Flow, select the existing Connection or click Create New Connection.

      • Connection Name: Give your connection a descriptive name (e.g., “Baserow”).

      • API URL: Provide the base URL for your Baserow instance (e.g., https://api.baserow.io).

    Step 4: Configure the Request Details

    1. Method

      • Select the HTTP method (e.g., GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) based on what you want to achieve with the Baserow API.

    2. Headers

      • Typically, your authorization header is automatically handled by the connection.

    Step 5: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • Click Save or Done after entering the required details.

    2. Run the Flow

    Beamer

    Fetch, create, and manage in-app announcements, feedback posts, votes, and comments using Beamer in ZBrain workflows.

    Beamer in ZBrain Flow is a platform designed to help you engage users with targeted in-app messages and announcements. It enables you to create posts, collect feedback, and foster user interaction—making it easier to keep your audience informed and involved with your product updates or community news.

    How to Integrate Beamer with ZBrain Flow?

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign (+) to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer” Type “Beamer” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

    3. Choose the Desired Task Select the specific Beamer task you want to include in your Flow.

    • Tasks you can perform on Beamer:

      • Create Beamer Post: Publish a new post to your Beamer feed, sharing updates, news, or announcements with your users.

      • Create New Feature Request: Allow users to submit ideas or suggestions for your product, collecting valuable feedback directly through Beamer.

      • Create New Comment:

    Create Beamer Post

    Publish a new post to your Beamer feed, sharing updates, news, or announcements with your users.

    How to Configure the “Create Beamer Post” Action in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create Beamer Post” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer”

      • Type “Beamer”

    Step 2: Create a Beamer Connection

    1. Go to Connections

      • In ZBrain Flow, navigate to the API Key and Create Connection or select an existing connection.

    2. Enter Connection Details

    Step 3: Configure the “Create Beamer Post” Action

    1. Title

      • Provide a title for your Beamer post. This is the main heading users will see.

    2. Description

      • Enter a description

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After filling in all required fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Create New Feature Request

    Allow users to submit ideas or suggestions for your product, collecting valuable feedback directly through Beamer.

    How to Configure the “Create New Feature Request” Action in Beamer Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create New Feature Request” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer”

      • Type “Beamer”

    Step 2: Create a Beamer Connection

    1. Go to Connections

      • In ZBrain Flow, navigate to the API Key and Create Connection or select an existing connection.

    2. Enter Connection Details

    Step 3: Configure the “Create New Feature Request” Action

    1. Title

      • Provide a title for the feature request. This will appear as the main heading in Beamer.

    2. Description

      • Enter a

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • Once you’ve entered all required fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Create New Comment

    Add comments to existing posts or feature requests, fostering dialogue and engagement within your user community.

    How to Configure the “Create a New Comment” Action in Beamer Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create a New Comment” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer”

      • Type “Beamer”

    Step 2: Create a Beamer Connection

    1. Go to Connections

      • In ZBrain Flow, navigate to the API Key and Create Connection or select an existing connection.

    2. Enter Connection Details

    Step 3: Configure the “Create a New Comment” Action

    1. ID of the Feature Request or Post

      • Enter the unique ID of the feature request or post you want to comment on.

      • This ID can typically be retrieved from previous steps in your flow (e.g., “Create New Feature Request,” “List Rows,” or “Create Beamer Post”) or from your Beamer dashboard.

    2. User ID

    Step 4. Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After entering all necessary fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Create New Vote

    Let users upvote or downvote feature requests and posts, helping you prioritize development based on community interest.

    How to Configure the “Create a New Vote” Action in Beamer Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create a New Vote” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer”

      • Type “Beamer”

    Step 2: Create a Beamer Connection

    1. Go to Connections

      • In ZBrain Flow, navigate to the API Key and Create Connection or select an existing connection.

    2. Enter Connection Details

    Step 3: Configure the “Create a New Vote” Action

    1. Feature ID

      • Enter the ID of the feature request (or post) you want users to vote on.

      • This ID can be retrieved from previous steps (e.g., “Create New Feature Request,” “List Rows,” or “Create Beamer Post”) or from your Beamer dashboard.

    2. User Firstname (Optional)

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After filling in all necessary fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Custom API Call

    Make a tailored API request to Beamer’s endpoints, giving you greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

    How to Configure the “Custom API Call” Action with Beamer in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Custom API Call” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Beamer”

      • Type “Beamer”

    Step 2: Create a Beamer Connection

    1. Go to Connections

      • In ZBrain Flow, navigate to the API Key and Create Connection or select an existing connection.

    2. Enter Connection Details

    Step 3: Configure the Request Details

    1. URL

      • Enter the Beamer API endpoint you wish to call (e.g., https://api.getbeamer.com/v0/...).

      • This can be a full URL or a relative path, depending on how your connection is set up.

    Step 4. Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • Once all required fields are set, click Save or Done to confirm.

    2. Run the Flow

    Google Sheets

    Integrate Google Sheets with ZBrain Flow to automate tasks like adding, updating, and managing spreadsheet rows within your workflows.

    Google Sheets is a cloud-based spreadsheet application that enables users to create, edit, and share spreadsheets from any device. It offers real-time collaboration, powerful data analysis tools, and seamless integration with other Google services.

    How to Integrate Google Sheets with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Google Sheets with ZBrain Flow:

    Description

  • VAT or Tax ID

  • Bank details

  • Telegram

  • Skype account ID

  • Link to Google+, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram

  • Billing information (country, city, state, address lines 1-3)

  • Shipping information (country, state, city, postal code, address lines 1-3)

  • Description

  • VAT or Tax ID

  • Bank details

  • Telegram

  • Skype account ID

  • Link to Google+, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram

  • Billing information (country, city, state, address lines 1-3)

  • Shipping information (country, state, city, postal code, address lines 1-3)

  • Description

  • VAT or Tax ID

  • Bank details

  • Telegram

  • Skype account ID

  • Link to Google+, Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram

  • Billing information (country, city, state, address lines 1-3)

  • Shipping information (country, state, city, postal code, address lines 1-3)

  • Add comments to existing posts or feature requests, fostering dialogue and engagement within your user community.
  • Create New Vote: Let users upvote or downvote feature requests and posts, helping you prioritize development based on community interest.

  • Custom API Call: Make a tailored API request to Beamer’s endpoints, giving you greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create Beamer Post
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Beamer”).
  • API Key: Paste the API key from your Beamer account settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Beamer connection. Your new connection is now ready to use.

  • or body text for the post. You can include details, links, or other relevant info.
  • Category (Optional)

    • Select a category to help organize and filter your posts within Beamer.

  • Show in Widget / Standalone (Optional)

    • Decide whether the post should appear in the Beamer Widget (in-app) or in a Standalone view.

    • Toggle the relevant option and configure it as needed.

  • Enable Feedback, Reactions, Social Share, Auto Open, Push Notifications (Optional)

    • Enable or disable each feature by toggling the switch. For instance:

      • Enable Feedback: Allows users to leave feedback on the post.

      • Enable Reactions: Lets users respond with emojis.

      • Enable Social Share: Provides sharing options.

      • Enable Auto Open: Automatically opens the post when users access the widget.

      • Enable Push Notifications: Sends a push notification if your Beamer plan supports it.

  • User Email (Optional)

    • Enter the email of the user posting the update if you want to track or attribute the post to a specific account.

  • Trigger your flow to confirm that the “Create Beamer Post” action works correctly.
  • Verify in Beamer

    • Log in to your Beamer account and check that the new post has been added to your feed with the correct title, description, and settings.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create New Feature Request
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Beamer”).
  • API Key: Paste the API key from your Beamer account settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Beamer connection. Your new connection is now ready to use.

  • detailed description
    of the feature request. This is where you can include context, use cases, or any relevant details.
  • Visibility (Optional)

    • Choose how visible this feature request should be (e.g., Public, Private, or any other visibility settings offered by Beamer).

  • Category (Optional)

    • Select a category to group or classify your feature request within Beamer.

  • Status (Optional)

    • Indicate the current status of the request (e.g., Open, Planned, In Progress, Completed).

  • User Email (Optional)

    • Provide an email address if you want to associate the feature request with a specific user or contributor.

  • Trigger your flow to confirm that the “Create New Feature Request” action successfully creates a new entry in Beamer.
  • Verify in Beamer

    • Log in to your Beamer account and check that the new feature request has been added with the correct title, description, and settings.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create a new comment
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Beamer”).
  • API Key: Paste the API key from your Beamer account settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Beamer connection. Your new connection is now ready to use.

  • (Optional)
    • If you want to attribute the comment to a specific user, provide their User ID.

    • This is helpful for tracking and engagement metrics.

  • Text

    • Write the content of your comment. You can also map dynamic data from earlier steps (e.g., user input, AI-generated text).

  • User Email (Optional)

    • Enter the email address of the user making the comment, if you’d like to store or track this information in Beamer.

  • Trigger the flow to confirm that the “Create a new comment” action is successful.
  • Verify in Beamer

    • Log in to your Beamer account and check the relevant feature request or post to ensure the comment has been added correctly.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create a new vote
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Beamer”).
  • API Key: Paste the API key from your Beamer account settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Beamer connection. Your new connection is now ready to use.

  • Provide the first name of the user casting the vote, if applicable.

  • Useful for personalization and tracking in Beamer.

  • User Email (Optional)

    • Enter the email of the user casting the vote.

    • Helps track user activity and can tie votes to specific individuals.

  • Trigger the flow to confirm that the “Create a new vote” action is successful.
  • Verify in Beamer

    • Log in to your Beamer account and check the relevant feature request or post to ensure the new vote has been registered.

  • in the search bar and select
    Custom API Call
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name: Give your connection a recognizable name (e.g., “Beamer”).
  • API Key: Paste the API key from your Beamer account settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Beamer connection. Your new connection is now ready to use.

  • Method
    • Select the HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, PATCH, DELETE) based on your desired action.

    • Refer to Beamer’s API documentation for the correct method and endpoint.

  • Headers

    • By default, your Authorization header (with the API key) is typically handled by the connection.

    • Add any additional headers if required by your specific endpoint (e.g., Content-Type: application/json).

  • Query Parameters (Optional)

    • If your endpoint requires query parameters (e.g., ?page=2 or ?status=active), add them here.

    • Click Add Item to include each key-value pair.

  • Body (Optional or Required)

    • Provide the JSON body in this field for POST, PUT, or PATCH requests.

    • Include any required fields or data structures based on the Beamer API documentation.

  • No Error on Failure (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want the flow to continue, even if the API call returns an error.

  • Timeout (in seconds) (Optional)

    • Specify how long the step should wait before timing out. If left blank, ZBrain Flow uses a default timeout.

  • Test your flow to ensure that the “Custom API Call” step communicates properly with Beamer.
  • Inspect the Output

    • Check the response to confirm that the API call returned the expected data or performed the desired action.

  • Update Row: Modify an existing row by changing or adding new field values.

  • Custom API Call: Make a tailored API request to interact with Baserow’s endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced use cases.

  • Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    Create Row
    from the available actions.
    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.
  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Trigger the flow to ensure that the new row is successfully created in your Baserow table.
  • Verify in Baserow

    • Open your Baserow workspace and check the specified table to confirm the row has been added with the correct data.

  • Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    Delete Row
    from the available actions.
    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.
  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Provide the unique identifier for the record you wish to remove.

  • In Baserow, every row is assigned an ID (a numeric value) that remains consistent for the row’s lifetime.

  • You can retrieve this ID from a previous step in your flow (e.g., a “List Rows” or “Get Row” step), or by checking the row details directly in your Baserow table.

  • Trigger the flow to ensure that the specified row is successfully removed from your Baserow table.
  • Verify in Baserow

    • Open your Baserow workspace and check the table to confirm the row has been deleted.

  • Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    Get Row
    from the available actions.
    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.
  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Provide the unique identifier for the row you want to retrieve.

  • Every record in Baserow has a numeric ID assigned automatically, which you can find by looking at the table data or retrieving rows via a “List Rows” action.

  • Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    List Rows
    from the available actions.
    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.
  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Order By (Optional) Specify a field name to sort by.
    • You can also append - before the field name (e.g., -id) to sort in descending order.

    • If left blank, Baserow uses the default ordering of the table.

    Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    Update Row
    from the available actions.
    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.
  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Enter your Baserow API URL.If you are using Baserow - Open source no-code database , you can leave the default one.

    in the search bar and select
    Custom API Call
    from the available actions.

    Database Token: Paste the token you copied from your Baserow settings.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your connection. Your new Baserow connection is now ready to use.

  • Add any additional headers if required by your specific Baserow endpoint (e.g., Content-Type: application/json).

  • Query Parameters (Optional)

    • If the endpoint you’re calling requires query parameters (e.g., ?page=2), add them here.

    • Click Add Item to include each key-value pair.

  • Body (Optional)

    • For POST or PUT requests, provide the JSON body here.

    • This might include fields like name, order, or other data as specified by Baserow’s API documentation.

  • No Error on Failure (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want the flow to continue, even if the API call returns an error.

  • Timeout (in seconds) (Optional)

    • Set a custom timeout to specify how long the step should wait before timing out.

  • Test the flow to ensure the “Custom API Call” communicates properly with Baserow.
  • Check the Output

    • Inspect the response to verify that the call returned the expected data or performed the desired action.

  • Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.
  • Type "Google Sheets" in the search bar and select it from the available options.

  • Choose an action to begin the setup process.

  • How to Connect Google Sheets to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Google Sheets and ZBrain Flow:

    1. Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for easy identification.

    2. Click ‘Connect’ – Start the authentication process.

    3. Log in to Google Sheets – A pop-up window will appear for Google login.

    4. Grant Permissions – Approve the required permissions to allow ZBrain Flow access.

    5. Save the Connection – Click ‘Save’ to finalize the setup.

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Google Sheets to retrieve, update, delete, and automate spreadsheet operations.

    Where to Find Spreadsheet ID, Sheet ID, and Parent Folder in Google Sheets

    1. Spreadsheet ID:

      • Open your Google Sheet in a browser.

      • Look at the URL in the address bar. The Spreadsheet ID is the long alphanumeric string between /d/ and /edit.

      • Example:

        https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1A2B3C4D5E6F7G8H9I0J123456789abcdef/edit#gid=0

        • The Spreadsheet ID is 1A2B3C4D5E6F7G8H9I0J123456789abcdef.

    2. Sheet ID:

      • Each tab in a spreadsheet has a unique Sheet ID.

      • Find it at the end of the URL after #gid=.

      • Example:

    3. Parent Folder (For Creating a New Spreadsheet in a Specific Folder):

      • Open Google Drive.

      • Navigate to the folder where you want to create a new spreadsheet.

      • Copy the folder ID from the URL (the alphanumeric string after /folders/).

    Switch Descriptions in Google Sheets Actions

    Switch Name

    Description

    Include Team Drive Sheets?

    Includes spreadsheets from Google Team Drives (shared drives) in actions.

    As String

    Inserts values (dates and formulas) as plain text instead of processing them.

    Does the first row contain headers?

    Treats the first row as column headers for mapping data.

    Overwrite Existing Data?

    Replaces all existing data in the sheet with new input data.

    Avoid Duplicates?

    Checks for duplicate values before inserting new rows, ensuring only unique entries are added.

    Exact Match?

    Searches for an exact match of the specified value instead of partial matches.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Insert Row

    The Insert Row feature allows users to append a row of values to an existing Google Sheet, enabling seamless data entry and automated record keeping.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the Spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the Sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. As String: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if inserted values that are dates and formulas will be entered as strings without being evaluated.

    6. Does the first row contain headers?: Enable/Disable this switch to indicate if the first row contains column headers.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    2. Insert Multiple Rows

    The Insert Multiple Rows feature enables users to add one or more new rows to a specific spreadsheet, facilitating batch data entry and automated data population.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the Spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the Sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. Enter the rows input format: Select the format of the input values to be inserted into the sheet. Choose between CSV, JSON, or column names.

    6. Overwrite Existing Data?: Enable/Disable this switch to replace all existing data in the sheet with new data from your input. This will clear any extra rows beyond the updated range.

    7. Avoid Duplicates?: Enable/Disable this switch to check for duplicate values before inserting data into the sheet. Only unique rows will be added based on the selected column.

    8. As String: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if inserted values that are dates and formulas will be entered as strings without being evaluated.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    3. Delete Row

    The Delete Row feature allows users to remove a specific row from an existing sheet, enabling data cleanup and automated record management.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the Spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the Sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. Enter the Row number to remove: Specify the exact row number to be deleted from the sheet.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    4. Update Row

    The Update Row feature enables users to overwrite values in an existing row, allowing for data modifications and corrections within automated workflows.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the Spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the Sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. Enter the Row number to update: Specify the exact row number to be updated.

    6. Does the first row contain headers?: Enable/Disable this switch to indicate if the first row contains column headers.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    5. Find Rows

    The Find Rows feature allows users to locate specific rows in a Google Sheet based on column values, enabling data retrieval and conditional processing.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the Spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the Sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. Enter the name of the column to search in: Specify which column should be examined for the search value.

    6. Enter the search value: Provide the value to search for in the specified column. If left empty, all rows will be returned.

    7. Exact match: Enable/Disable this switch to determine whether to choose rows with an exact match or rows that contain the search value.

    8. Enter the starting row: Specify the row number to start searching from.

    9. Enter the number of rows: Specify how many matching rows to return. The default is 1 if not specified.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    6. Create Spreadsheet

    The Create Spreadsheet feature enables users to generate a new blank spreadsheet, facilitating the creation of new data repositories within automated workflows.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Enter the title of the new spreadsheet: Provide a name for the new spreadsheet.

    3. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    4. Enter the parent folder: Specify the folder to create the worksheet in. By default, the new worksheet is created in the root folder of the drive.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    7. Create Worksheet

    The Create Worksheet feature allows users to add a new blank worksheet to an existing spreadsheet, enabling organized data management across multiple tabs.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet: Provide the ID of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the title of the new worksheet: Specify a name for the new worksheet.

    5. Enter the headers: Define column headers for the new worksheet. Click on '+ Add Item' to add more headers.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    8. Clear Sheet

    The Clear Sheet feature enables users to remove all data from an existing worksheet, facilitating data refresh and cleanup operations.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet: Provide the ID of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the ID of the sheet to use: Specify the worksheet ID to be cleared.

    5. Is First row Headers?: Enable/Disable this switch to indicate if the first row contains column headers that should be preserved.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    9. Get Row

    The Get Row feature allows users to retrieve a specific row from a Google Sheet by its row number, enabling targeted data extraction and processing.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet: Provide the ID of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the ID of the sheet to use: Specify the worksheet ID to retrieve data from.

    5. Enter the row number to get from the sheet: Specify the exact row number to retrieve.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    10. Get Next Rows

    The Get Next Rows feature enables users to retrieve batches of rows sequentially from a Google Sheet, facilitating pagination and processing of large datasets.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet: Provide the ID of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the ID of the sheet to use: Specify the worksheet ID to retrieve data from.

    5. Enter the Start row: Specify the row number to begin retrieval from.

    6. Enter the memory key: Provide a key used to store the current row number in memory.

    7. Enter the group size: Specify the number of rows to retrieve in each batch.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    11. Find Spreadsheets

    The Find Spreadsheets feature allows users to locate spreadsheets by name, enabling dynamic selection of data sources within automated workflows.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet name: Provide the name of the spreadsheet to search for.

    4. Exact Match: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if only spreadsheets exactly matching the name should be returned or if spreadsheets containing the name should be included.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    12. Find Worksheets

    The Find Worksheets feature enables users to locate specific worksheets within a spreadsheet by title, facilitating dynamic data operations across multiple tabs.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet: Provide the ID of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the title: Specify the title of the worksheet to search for.

    5. Exact Match: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if only worksheets exactly matching the title should be returned or if worksheets containing the title should be included.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    13. Copy Worksheet

    The Copy Worksheet feature allows users to duplicate an existing worksheet within the same spreadsheet or another, enabling template reuse and data backup.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet containing the worksheet to copy: Provide the ID of the source spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the spreadsheet to paste in: Specify the ID of the destination spreadsheet.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    14. Update Multiple Rows

    The Update Multiple Rows feature enables users to modify multiple rows in a spreadsheet simultaneously, facilitating batch updates and data transformations.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. As String: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if inserted values that are dates and formulas will be entered as strings without being evaluated.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    15. Create Spreadsheet Column

    The Create Spreadsheet Column feature allows users to add a new column to an existing worksheet, enabling data structure expansion and additional data capture.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Include Team Drive Sheets: Enable/Disable this switch to determine if sheets from Team Drives should be included in the results.

    3. Enter the spreadsheet ID: Provide the unique identifier of the target spreadsheet.

    4. Enter the sheet ID: Specify the ID of the worksheet within the spreadsheet.

    5. Enter the column name: Provide a name for the new column.

    6. Enter the column index: Specify the position for the new column.

      • The column index starts from 1. For example, if you want to add a column to the third position, enter 3.

      • If the input is less than 1, the column will be added after the last current column.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    16. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call feature enables users to interact directly with the Google Sheets API, allowing for advanced operations and custom integrations beyond standard actions.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select an Existing Connection or Create a New One: Choose an existing connection or establish a new one.

    2. Enter the URL: You can use the full URL or the relative path to the base URL.

    3. Select the HTTP Method: Choose the request type that aligns with your action:

      • GET – Retrieve file or folder details.

      • POST – Upload new files or create folders.

      • PATCH – Modify file metadata or update folder permissions.

      • PUT – Replace existing content in a file.

      • DELETE – Remove a file or folder permanently.

      • HEAD – Fetch response headers only without retrieving the actual data.

    4. Add Headers: Define any additional headers required for the API request. Authorization headers are automatically injected. Click '+ Add Item' to include more headers.

    5. Add Query Parameters: Customize API requests with query parameters to filter results or specify additional options. Click '+ Add Item' to add more parameters.

    6. Enter JSON Body: Provide structured request data in JSON format.

    7. Set Timeout (in Seconds): Define the request timeout duration to prevent long-running API calls from stalling the process.

    Note: Click 'f' to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Bettermode

    Integrate Bettermode in ZBrain flows to automate community posts, feedback boards, badges, and discussion workflows.

    Bettermode in ZBrain Flow is a community platform for building and managing online communities. It allows you to create and organize discussion boards, gather feedback, and foster engagement among community members. By integrating Bettermode into your ZBrain Flow, you can streamline how you interact with your community, automate community updates, and manage posts or discussions efficiently.

    How to Integrate Bettermode with ZBrain Flow?

    1. Click the “+” Button in the Flow Open your ZBrain Flow and select the plus sign (+) to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode” Type “Bettermode” in the search bar to view the available tasks.

    3. Choose the Desired Task Select the specific Bettermode task you want to include in your Flow.

    • Tasks you can perform on Bettermode are as follows:

      • Create Discussion Post: Creates a new discussion post in a specified Bettermode space, allowing you to share announcements, updates, or topics for open-ended discussion.

      • Create Question Post: Creates a new question post in a specified Bettermode space, enabling you to pose questions and gather answers or feedback from community members.

    Create Discussion Post

    Creates a new discussion post in a specified Bettermode space, allowing you to share announcements, updates, or topics for open-ended discussion.

    How to Configure the “Create Discussion Post” Action in Bettermode Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create Discussion Post” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode”

      • Type “Bettermode”

    Step 2: Create or Select a Bettermode Connection

    1. Access the Connections Page

      • In ZBrain Flow, go to Connection select existing connection or Create Connection

    2. Enter Bettermode Credentials

    Step 3. Configure the “Create Discussion Post” Action

    1. Space

      • Specify the space (community area or group) in which you want to create the discussion post.

      • This can be a space name or an ID, depending on how Bettermode identifies spaces.

    2. Title

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • Once you’ve filled in all necessary fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Create Question Post

    Creates a new question post in a specified Bettermode space, enabling you to pose questions and gather answers or feedback from community members.

    How to Configure the “Create Question Post” Action in Bettermode Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Create Question Post” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode”

      • Type “Bettermode”

    Step 2: Create or Select a Bettermode Connection

    1. Access the Connections Page

      • In ZBrain Flow, go to Connection select existing connection or Create Connection

    2. Enter Bettermode Credentials

    Step 3: Configure the “Create Question Post” Action

    1. Space

      • Specify the space (community area or group) in which you want to create the question.

      • This could be a space name or ID, depending on how Bettermode identifies spaces.

    2. Title

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After entering all required fields, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Assign Badge to Member

    Assigns an existing badge to a Bettermode member based on their email address, recognizing achievements or contributions within the community.

    How to Configure the “Assign Badge to Member” Action in Bettermode Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Assign Badge to Member” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode”

      • Type “Bettermode”

    Step 2: Create or Select a Bettermode Connection

    1. Access the Connections Page

      • In ZBrain Flow, go to Connection select existing connection or Create Connection

    2. Enter Bettermode Credentials

    Step 3: Configure the “Assign Badge to Member” Action

    1. Badge

      • Select or enter the name/ID of the badge you want to assign.

      • This badge should already exist in your Bettermode community.

    2. Email

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After specifying the badge and member’s email, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Revoke Badge from Member

    Removes a previously assigned badge from a Bettermode member, updating their badge status based on new criteria or changes in the community.

    How to Configure the “Revoke Badge from Member” Action in Bettermode Using ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Revoke Badge from Member” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode”

      • Type “Bettermode”

    Step 2: Create or Select a Bettermode Connection

    1. Access the Connections Page

      • In ZBrain Flow, go to Connection, select existing connection or Create Connection

    2. Enter Bettermode Credentials

    Step 3: Configure the “Revoke Badge from Member” Action

    1. Badge

      • Select or enter the name/ID of the badge you want to remove.

      • This badge must already exist in your Bettermode community.

    2. Email

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After specifying the badge and the member’s email, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Custom API Call

    Sends a tailored request to Bettermode’s API endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced or specialized use cases beyond the standard actions.

    How to Configure the “Custom API Call” Action with Bettermode in ZBrain Flow?

    Step 1: Add the “Custom API Call” Step

    1. Insert a New Step

      • In your flow, click the + button to add a new step.

    2. Search for “Bettermode”

      • Type “Bettermode”

    Step 2: Create or Select a Bettermode Connection

    1. Access the Connections Page

      • In ZBrain Flow, go to Connection, select existing connection or Create Connection

    2. Enter Bettermode Credentials

    Step 3: Configure the Request Details

    1. Method

      • Choose the HTTP method (GET, POST, PUT, PATCH, DELETE) based on your desired action.

      • Refer to Bettermode’s API documentation for the correct method and endpoint.

    2. Headers

    Step 4: Save and Test

    1. Save Your Configuration

      • After entering all required details, click Save or Done.

    2. Run the Flow

    Assign Badge to Member: Assigns an existing badge to a Bettermode member based on their email address, recognizing achievements or contributions within the community.
  • Revoke Badge from Member: Removes a previously assigned badge from a Bettermode member, updating their badge status based on new criteria or changes in the community.

  • Custom API Call: Sends a tailored request to Bettermode’s API endpoints, offering greater control and flexibility for advanced or specialized use cases beyond the standard actions.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create Discussion Post
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name
    • A label you assign to identify this connection in your ZBrain Flow easily.

    • For example, “Bettermode” or “My Bettermode Community.”

  • Region

    • The geographic location where your Bettermode community is hosted.

    • Select the appropriate region if your Bettermode instance is tied to a specific data center or country.

  • BetterMode Domain

    • The base URL (domain) of your Bettermode community.

    • For example, community.example.com if that’s where your members access the community.

  • Email

    • The email address associated with your Bettermode account that has permission to manage or create content.

    • Ensure this account has the necessary privileges to perform actions like creating posts, topics, etc.

  • Password

    • The password for the Bettermode account is specified above.

    • Used to authenticate with Bettermode’s API and permit ZBrain Flow to perform actions on your behalf.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Bettermode connection. You’ll then be able to use it for Bettermode-related actions.

  • Provide the title of your discussion post. This is the main heading or subject that members will see.

  • Content

    • Enter the body or content of the discussion post. You can include text, links, or other relevant information.

  • Tags (Optional)

    • Add any tags that you want associated with this discussion post. Tags help categorize and filter content within your community.

  • Locked (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want to lock the discussion, preventing further replies or edits by regular members.

  • Trigger the flow to confirm that the “Create Discussion Post” action is successful.
  • Verify in Bettermode

    • Log in to your Bettermode community and check the specified space to ensure the new discussion post has been created with the correct title, content, and settings.

  • in the search bar and select
    Create Question Post
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name
    • A label you assign to identify this connection in your ZBrain Flow easily.

    • For example, “Bettermode” or “My Bettermode Community.”

  • Region

    • The geographic location where your Bettermode community is hosted.

    • Select the appropriate region if your Bettermode instance is tied to a specific data center or country.

  • BetterMode Domain

    • The base URL (domain) of your Bettermode community.

    • For example, community.example.com if that’s where your members access the community.

  • Email

    • The email address associated with your Bettermode account that has permission to manage or create content.

    • Ensure this account has the necessary privileges to perform actions like creating posts, topics, etc.

  • Password

    • The password for the Bettermode account is specified above.

    • Used to authenticate with Bettermode’s API and permit ZBrain Flow to perform actions on your behalf.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Bettermode connection. You’ll then be able to use it for Bettermode-related actions.

  • Provide a title for your question. This will appear as the main subject that members see.

  • Content

    • Enter the body or description of your question.

    • Include context or additional details to help community members understand what you’re asking.

  • Tags (Optional)

    • Add any tags to categorize your question, making it easier for users to find relevant discussions.

  • Locked (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want to lock the question, preventing further replies or edits by regular members.

  • Trigger the flow to confirm that the “Create Question Post” action is successful.
  • Verify in Bettermode

    • Log in to your Bettermode community and check the specified space to ensure the new question has been posted with the correct title, content, and settings.

  • in the search bar and select
    Assign Badge to Member
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name
    • A label you assign to identify this connection in your ZBrain Flow easily.

    • For example, “Bettermode” or “My Bettermode Community.”

  • Region

    • The geographic location where your Bettermode community is hosted.

    • Select the appropriate region if your Bettermode instance is tied to a specific data center or country.

  • BetterMode Domain

    • The base URL (domain) of your Bettermode community.

    • For example, community.example.com if that’s where your members access the community.

  • Email

    • The email address associated with your Bettermode account that has permission to manage or create content.

    • Ensure this account has the necessary privileges to perform actions like creating posts, topics, etc.

  • Password

    • The password for the Bettermode account is specified above.

    • Used to authenticate with Bettermode’s API and permit ZBrain Flow to perform actions on your behalf.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Bettermode connection. You’ll then be able to use it for Bettermode-related actions.

  • Provide the email address of the member to whom you want to assign the badge.

  • Ensure the member’s email matches what is registered in Bettermode.

  • Trigger your flow to confirm that the “Assign Badge to Member” action is successful.
  • Verify in Bettermode

    • Log in to your Bettermode community and check the member’s profile to ensure the badge has been assigned correctly.

  • in the search bar and select
    Revoke Badge from Member
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name
    • A label you assign to identify this connection in your ZBrain Flow easily.

    • For example, “Bettermode” or “My Bettermode Community.”

  • Region

    • The geographic location where your Bettermode community is hosted.

    • Select the appropriate region if your Bettermode instance is tied to a specific data center or country.

  • BetterMode Domain

    • The base URL (domain) of your Bettermode community.

    • For example, community.example.com if that’s where your members access the community.

  • Email

    • The email address associated with your Bettermode account that has permission to manage or create content.

    • Ensure this account has the necessary privileges to perform actions like creating posts, topics, etc.

  • Password

    • The password for the Bettermode account is specified above.

    • Used to authenticate with Bettermode’s API and permit ZBrain Flow to perform actions on your behalf.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Bettermode connection. You’ll then be able to use it for Bettermode-related actions.

  • Provide the email address of the member from whom you want to revoke the badge.

  • Ensure the member’s email matches what is registered in Bettermode.

  • Trigger your flow to confirm that the “Revoke Badge from Member” action is successful.
  • Verify in Bettermode

    • Log in to your Bettermode community and check the member’s profile to ensure the badge has been removed.

  • in the search bar and select
    Custom API Call
    from the available actions.
    Connection Name
    • A label you assign to identify this connection in your ZBrain Flow easily.

    • For example, “Bettermode” or “My Bettermode Community.”

  • Region

    • The geographic location where your Bettermode community is hosted.

    • Select the appropriate region if your Bettermode instance is tied to a specific data center or country.

  • BetterMode Domain

    • The base URL (domain) of your Bettermode community.

    • For example, community.example.com if that’s where your members access the community.

  • Email

    • The email address associated with your Bettermode account that has permission to manage or create content.

    • Ensure this account has the necessary privileges to perform actions like creating posts, topics, etc.

  • Password

    • The password for the Bettermode account is specified above.

    • Used to authenticate with Bettermode’s API and permit ZBrain Flow to perform actions on your behalf.

  • Save the Connection

    • Click Save to finalize your Bettermode connection. You’ll then be able to use it for Bettermode-related actions.

  • Your Authorization header (with login credentials) is typically handled automatically by the connection.

  • Add any additional headers if required by your specific endpoint (e.g., Content-Type: application/json).

  • Query Parameters (Optional)

    • If your endpoint requires query parameters (e.g., ?page=2 or ?status=active), add them here.

    • Click Add Item to include each key-value pair.

  • Body (Optional or Required)

    • For POST, PUT, or PATCH requests, provide the JSON body in this field.

    • Include any fields or data structures needed per the Bettermode API documentation.

  • No Error on Failure (Toggle)

    • Enable this if you want the flow to continue even if the API call returns an error.

  • Timeout (in seconds) (Optional)

    • Specify how long the step should wait before timing out. If left blank, ZBrain Flow uses a default timeout.

  • Trigger your flow to confirm that the “Custom API Call” step communicates properly with Bettermode.
  • Inspect the Output

    • Check the response to ensure the call returned the expected data or performed the desired action.

  • https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1A2B3C4D5E6F7G8H9I0J123456789abcdef/edit#gid=123456789
    • The Sheet ID is 123456789.

    Example:

    https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8I9J0K

    • The Parent Folder ID is 1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8I9J0K.

    Is First Row Headers?

    Specifies whether the first row contains headers to properly format data retrieval.

    Memory Key

    Stores the last processed row number, allowing the automation to resume from the correct position in subsequent runs.

    Clockodo

    Integrate Clockodo with ZBrain to automate time tracking, project management, and invoicing workflows using API-based actions.

    Clockodo is a cloud-based time-tracking and project management software designed for businesses. It helps organizations track working hours, manage projects, and generate invoices efficiently. Clockodo provides an intuitive interface to log billable hours, assign tasks, and monitor team productivity.

    How to Integrate Clockodo with ZBrain Flow

    To integrate Clockodo with ZBrain Flow:

    • Click the ‘+’ button in ZBrain Flow.

    • In the search bar, type "Clockodo" and select it from the available options.

    • Select an available action to begin the setup process.

    How to Connect Clockodo to ZBrain Flow

    To establish a connection between Clockodo and ZBrain Flow:

    • Enter a Connection Name – Provide a name for the connection to identify it easily.

    • Enter the Email - Enter the email address associated with your Clockodo account.

    • Enter the API Token – Enter your Clockodo API token.

    • Enter the Company Name and Email - Enter the name of your company and email.

    To find your API token in Clockodo, follow these steps:

    1. Log in to your Clockodo account

    2. Access your account settings:

      • Once logged in, look for your profile icon or name, usually located at the top right corner of the dashboard.

      • Click on it to open a dropdown menu and select "Account settings" or "Personal data."

    Once connected, ZBrain Flow can interact with Clockodo to manage time entries, retrieve information, and automate workflows.

    Actions Available in ZBrain Flow

    1. Create Entry

    The Create Entry action allows users to create a new time-tracking entry in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Select the Customer – Provide the customer ID.

    3. Select the Project – Provide the project ID.

    4. Select the Service – Provide the service ID.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    2. Get Entry

    The Get Entry action retrieves a specific time entry from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Entry ID – Provide the unique identifier of the time entry.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    3. Get Entries

    The Get Entries action fetches multiple time-tracking entries from Clockodo, allowing users to filter results based on specific criteria.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Start and End Date – Define the date range for retrieving entries.

    3. Apply filters:

      • Customer ID Filter – Retrieve entries associated with a specific customer.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    4. Update Entry

    The Update Entry action modifies an existing time-tracking entry in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Entry ID – Provide the unique identifier of the entry.

    3. Select the Customer – Provide the customer ID.

    4. Select the Project – Provide the project ID.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    5. Delete Entry

    The Delete Entry action removes a time-tracking entry from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Entry ID – Provide the unique identifier of the entry to be deleted.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    6. Create Customer

    The Create Customer action adds a new customer to Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Customer Details:

      • Name – Provide the customer’s name.

      • Number – Assign a unique customer number.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    7. Get Customer

    The Get Customer action retrieves details of a specific customer in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Customer ID – Provide the unique identifier of the customer.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    8. Update Customer

    The Update Customer action modifies an existing customer’s details in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Customer ID – Provide the unique identifier of the customer.

    3. Enter Updated Customer Details:

      • Name – Modify the customer’s name.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    9. Get Customers

    The Get Customers action retrieves multiple customers from Clockodo with filtering options.

    Configuration Steps:

    • Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    • Enable/Disable the Active Filter – Filter customers based on their active status.

    • Enter the Page Number – Specify the page to read if pagination is required.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations

    10. Delete Customer

    The Delete Customer action removes a customer from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Customer ID – Provide the unique identifier of the customer to be deleted.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    11. Create Project

    The Create Project action adds a new project in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Project Details:

      • Name – Provide the project’s name.

      • Customer ID – Assign a customer to the project.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    12. Get Project

    The Get Project action retrieves details of a specific project in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Project ID – Provide the unique identifier of the project.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    13. Get Projects

    The Get Projects action fetches multiple projects from Clockodo with filtering options.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Filters:

      • Customer ID – Filter projects by customer.

      • Enable/Disable Active filter – Show only active projects.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    14. Update Project

    The Update Project action modifies an existing project in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Project Details:

      • Project ID – Identify the project to update.

      • Customer ID – Assign or update the customer.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    15. Delete Project

    The Delete Project action removes a project from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Project ID – Provide the unique identifier of the project.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    16. Create Service

    The Create Service action adds a new service to Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Service Details:

      • Name – Provide the service name.

      • Number – Assign a unique number.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    17. Get Service

    The Get Service action retrieves details of a specific service in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Service ID – Provide the unique identifier of the service.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    18. Update Service

    The Update Service action modifies an existing service in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Service Details:

      • Service ID – Identify the service to update.

      • Name and Number – Modify service name and number.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    19. Get Services

    The Get Services action retrieves multiple services from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    20. Delete Service

    The Delete Service action removes a service from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Service ID – Provide the unique identifier of the service.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    21. Get Team

    The Get Team action retrieves details of a specific team in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Team ID – Provide the unique identifier ofTeam team.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    22. Get Teams

    The Get Teams action retrieves a list of teams from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    23. Get User

    The Get User action retrieves details of a specific user in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the User ID – Provide the unique identifier of the user.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    24. Get Users

    The Get Users action fetches multiple users from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    25. Create User

    The Create User action adds a new user to Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter User Details:

      • Name – Provide the user’s name.

      • Email – Enter the user’s email.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    26. Update User

    The Update User action modifies an existing user's details in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the User ID – Provide the unique identifier of the user.

    3. Enter Updated User Details:

      • Name – Modify the user’s name.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    27. Delete User

    The Delete User action removes a user from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the User ID – Provide the unique identifier of the user to be deleted.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    28. Create Absence

    The Create Absence action logs an absence for a user in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter Absence Details:

      • Start and End Date – Define the absence duration.

      • Select the Type – Choose the type of absence.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    29. Get Absence

    The Get Absence action retrieves details of a specific absence in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Absence ID – Provide the unique identifier of the absence.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    30. Update Absence

    The Update Absence action modifies an existing absence entry in Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Absence ID – Provide the unique identifier of the absence.

    3. Enter the Start and End Date – Define the updated absence duration.

    4. Select the Type – Choose the type of absence.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    31. Get Absences

    The Get Absences action retrieves multiple absence entries from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Year – Specify the year for filtering absences.

    3. Select the User ID – Retrieve absences for a specific user.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    32. Delete Absence

    The Delete Absence action removes an absence entry from Clockodo.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Select a Connection – Choose an existing connection or create a new one.

    2. Enter the Absence ID – Provide the unique identifier of the absence to be deleted.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    33. Custom API Call

    The Custom API Call action allows users to interact with the Clockodo API for advanced operations.

    Configuration Steps:

    1. Enter the API endpoint URL – Specify the API endpoint.

    2. Select the HTTP Method:

      • GET – Retrieve details.

      • POST – Create new records.

    Note: Click ‘f’ to insert dynamic values for flexible configurations.

    Click ‘Save’ – Finalize the setup and begin using Clockodo actions within ZBrain Flow.

    Navigate to the API section:

    • In the account settings, find the section labeled "API" or "API access.”

    • This section might be under a tab like "Integrations" or "Developer settings.”

  • Generate or view your API token:

    • If you haven't generated an API token before, you might see an option to create one. Click on "Generate API token" or a similar button.

    • If you already have an API token, it should be displayed in this section. You can copy it directly from here.

  • Use your API token:

    • When making API requests, include your API token in the request headers or parameters as specified in the Clockodo API documentation.

  • Enter the Start and End Time – Define the duration of the entry.

  • Enter Additional Details – Add a description, specify the hourly rate, and assign a user.

  • Project ID Filter – Retrieve entries linked to a specific project.

  • Service ID Filter – Retrieve entries related to a specific service.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Billable – Show only billable entries.

    • Billed – Show only entries that have already been billed.

    • Enhanced List – Retrieve additional details about the entries.

  • Enter the Page Number – Specify the page to read if pagination is required.

  • Select the Service – Provide the service ID.

  • Enter the Start and End Time – Define the duration of the entry.

  • Enter Additional Details – Add a description and assign a user.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Active – Mark the customer as active.

    • Billable – Indicate if the customer is billable.

  • Enter Additional Details:

    • Note – Add any relevant notes.

    • Color – Select a color for categorization.

  • Number – Update the customer’s number.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Active – Mark the customer as active.

    • Billable – Indicate if the customer is billable.

  • Enter Additional Details:

    • Note – Add or update notes.

    • Color – Select or modify the assigned color.

  • Number – Assign a unique project number.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Active – Mark the project as active.

    • Billable – Indicate if the project is billable.

  • Enter the Budget – Specify the budget for the project.

  • Enable/Disable Additional Options:

    • Budget in hours – Track the budget in hours.

    • Soft budget – Get warnings when the budget limit is reached.

  • Enter a Note – Add any relevant information.

  • Enter the Page Number – Specify the page to read if pagination is required.

    Name and Number – Modify project name and number.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Active – Set project status.

    • Billable – Indicate billable status.

  • Enter the Budget – Update the budget.

  • Enable/Disable Additional Options:

    • Budget in Hours – Track in hours.

    • Soft Budget – Receive warnings on budget limits.

  • Provide Note – Enter relevant details or additional information.

    • Completed – Mark the project as completed.

  • Enter Billed Amount – Specify the billed amount.

  • Enable/Disable Billing Complete – Mark as fully billed.

  • Enable/Disable Active – Set service status.

  • Enter a Note – Add additional details.

  • Enable/Disable Active – Update the service status.

  • Enter a Note – Add or update additional information.

  • Role – Assign a role to the user.

  • Number – Provide a unique number.

  • Select the Team ID – Assign the user to a team.

  • Select Language – Choose the language preference.

  • Select Wage Type – Define the wage type.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Can see absences

    • Can manage absences

    • Can add customers

  • Email – Update the user’s email.

  • Role – Change the assigned role.

  • Number – Modify the unique number.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Active – Mark the customer as active.

  • Select the Team ID – Assign the user to a different team.

  • Select Language – Change the language preference.

  • Select Wage Type – Update the wage type.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Can see absences

    • Can manage absences

    • Can add customers

  • Select the User ID – Assign the absence to a user.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Half Days

    • Approved

    • Sick Note

  • Enter a Note – Add any additional details.

  • Select the Status – Update the status of the absence.

  • Enable/Disable Options:

    • Half Days – Allow partial-day absences.

    • Sick Note – Indicate if a sick note is required.

  • Enter a Note – Add or update additional details.

  • PATCH – Modify existing data.

  • PUT – Replace existing content.

  • DELETE – Remove records.

  • HEAD – Fetch response headers only.

  • Add Headers – Define additional headers if needed.

  • Add Query Parameters – Customize requests with filters or options.

  • Enter JSON Body – Provide structured request data.

  • Set Timeout (in seconds) – Define request timeout duration.

  • Flow components

    Explore ZBrain-supported tools and components to streamline connections, automate workflows, and extend AI capabilities..

    ZBrain

    1. ZBrain - Tools and actions related to ZBrain Builder.

      1. : The user can send data to an Agent.

      2. : The user can select an App to query.

      3. : The user can select a KB to query.

      4. : The user can select LLM models to query.

    2. Self criticism prompt (ZBrain) – Encourages AI models to analyze and refine their own responses.

    AI / Machine Learning / LLMs

    1. - Amazon Textract uses optical character recognition (OCR) to extract text from images automatically.

    2. – A cloud-based Azure AI service that uses ML to extract and analyze information from various document types.​

    3. - AI services provided by Microsoft Azure.

    4. – A cloud-based, AI-powered machine translation service providing automatic text translation across multiple languages.​

    Cloud storage & file management

    1. - Let’s you connect with Amazon S3 Storage.

    2. - Cloud content management and file sharing service.

    3. - Cloud storage service for file sharing and collaboration.

    4. - Perform various actions on files and folders in Google Drive.

    Databases & data management

    1. - AI-powered data management platform.

    2. - Cloud-based collaboration platform for creating and managing databases.

    3. – A globally distributed, multi-model database service designed for high availability and low latency.​

    4. - An open-source, no-code database builder.

    CRM & sales enablement

    1. – Email marketing, marketing automation, and CRM platform for customer engagement.

    2. AI answer – A conversational AI follow-up system that automates lead contact, follow-up, and qualification across multiple channels (phone, email, SMS, etc.) to increase booked appointments, reduce costs, and improve lead management for businesses.

    3. – Sales intelligence and outreach automation platform for lead generation.

    4. -

    Project management & collaboration

    1. - Project management software for tracking work and tasks.

    2. ClickUp – Project management software for task and workflow management.

    3. – A collaboration tool developed by Atlassian for teams to create, share, and manage project documentation and content.​

    4. - Business management software for project management and CRM.

    Communication & messaging

    1. – Pub/sub messaging service for sending messages, notifications, and alerts across distributed systems.

    2. – Scalable message queuing service for decoupling and managing microservices communication.

    3. – A managed cloud service that provides a suite of APIs that integrate voice, video, chat, email, and SMS functionalities into applications.​

    4. - Engage users with targeted in-app messages.

    Marketing automation & email marketing

    1. Acumbamail – An email marketing service for creating, sending, and analyzing email campaigns and newsletters.​

    2. - Email marketing and automation platform.

    3. - Email marketing software for creating and managing email campaigns.

    4. ConvertKit – Email marketing software for creators and bloggers.

    Finance, e-commerce & payments

    1. Actual Budget – Privacy-first budgeting tool for managing personal or household finances in real time.

    2. - Cryptocurrency exchange platform.

    3. Cartloom – E-commerce platform for selling digital and physical products.

    4. Chainalysis Screening API – API for real-time crypto address risk and compliance screening.

    Content Management Systems (CMS)

    1. - Content management system for managing and delivering digital content.

    2. Dato CMS – Headless CMS for developers to build content-rich digital products with APIs.

    3. - Open-source content management system for publishing online content.

    4. Total CMS – Content management system designed for modern websites, enabling easy content creation and management.

    Forms, surveys & data collection

    1. - Tool for creating and managing online forms and surveys.

    2. - Tool for creating and managing online forms and surveys.

    3. - Online form builder for creating and managing forms.

    4. - Mobile forms application for data collection.

    Scheduling & calendars

    1. - Scheduling software for booking meetings.

    2. - Perform various actions within Google Calendar.

      1. : Add one or more people to an existing event.

      2. : Schedule a new event on Google Calendar.

    Developer tools & platforms

    1. – No-code, open-source workflow automation platform for building workflows across apps and services.

    2. – Web scraping and automation platform for extracting and processing online data at scale.

    3. Blockscout – Blockchain explorer tool for Ethereum and EVM-compatible networks.

    4. - No-code platform for building web applications.

    Utilities & helpers

    1. - Workflow tool for managing approvals and permissions.

    2. - Lets you code in nodejs & typescript using npm packages.

    3. - It is used to manipulate CSV text.

    4. - Tools for transforming and organizing data structures.

    Analytics & Business Intelligence(BI)

    1. Cloutly – Review generation and reputation management tool for local businesses.

    2. – An analytics platform based on Apache Spark, optimized for collaborative data engineering and machine learning tasks.​

    3. – A free tool that enables website owners to monitor, maintain and troubleshoot their website's presence in Google Search results.​

    4. Matomo – An open-source alternative to Google Analytics for website tracking and analytics.

    Social media & networking

    1. - Tool for managing and promoting business pages on Facebook.

    2. - Social news website focusing on computer science and entrepreneurship.

    3. - Tools for managing and promoting business accounts on Instagram.

    4. - Professional networking platform.

    Design & media

    1. - Automate image generation with AI.

    2. - Collaborative interface design tool for creating and sharing designs.

    3. - Tool for creating and managing digital banners for marketing.

    4. Photoroom – AI photo editing tool specialized in background removal and product photography.

    HR & recruiting

    1. Ashby – All-in-one recruiting platform that streamlines hiring workflows and analytics.

    2. BambooHR – HR software designed for managing employee data, payroll, time tracking, and onboarding.

    3. Lever – Talent acquisition suite for recruitment, candidate management, and team collaboration.

    Community & membership platforms

    1. - Community platform for building and managing online communities.

    2. - Directory software for creating and managing membership websites.

    3. - Open-source discussion platform for creating forums and online communities.

    4. Upgrade.chat – All-in-one platform for businesses to monetize online communities by managing subscriptions and digital products with seamless integration into chat apps like Discord, Telegram, and WhatsApp.

    Search engines

    1. – Microsoft's web search engine that retrieves information across the internet, including web pages, images, and videos.​

    2. - It is used to search for anything on Google.

    Miscellaneous / niche

    1. - Certification management platform for issuing and managing digital certificates.

    2. - Email verification and validation service.

    3. - Time tracking software for businesses.

    4. - Software for managing continuity and contingency planning.

    Bedrock Claude - It enables the usage of Claude LLM.

  • Clarifai – AI platform for visual recognition and image processing.

  • DeepL - AI-powered translation service for multiple languages.

  • Fliqr AI – No-code, AI-powered chatbot platform designed to help businesses engage with customers across multiple social channels.

  • Google Gemini - AI platform by Google for building and deploying machine learning models.

  • Groq – High-performance AI inference solution for large language models, utilizing their custom Language Processing Units (LPUs) to deliver faster and more efficient AI processing.

  • LLMRails - Framework for integrating large language models into applications.

  • LocalAI - Local deployment of AI models for on-premise usage.

  • Mindee – An API for document automation, allowing the extraction and processing of data from documents.

  • OpenAI - Offers a suite of AI tools, including the GPT models, for various applications such as NLP tasks, content generation, and text summarization.

  • OpenRouter - A platform to use any AI model for generating code, text, or images through OpenRouter.ai.

  • re:tune - Comprehensive AI platform that offers tools for creating custom chatbots and autonomous agents to transform business operations.

  • Stability AI - Generative AI video models based on the image model Stable Diffusion.

  • Stable Diffusion web UI – Web-based interface for generating high-quality images using Stable Diffusion models.

  • Twin web agent – Browser-based AI agent capable of interacting with and automating web interfaces to accomplish specific tasks.

  • Create New File: Create a new text file in your Google Drive from the provided text.

  • Create New Folder: Create a new empty folder in your Google Drive.

  • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Drive endpoint.

  • Delete File: Permanently delete a file from your Google Drive.

  • : Remove a role from a user for a specific file or folder.

  • : Duplicate a file from Google Drive and return the new file ID.

  • : Retrieve a file or folder for files/sub-folders.

  • : List files from a Google Drive folder.

  • : Move a file from one folder to another.

  • : Read the contents of a selected file from Google Drive.

  • : Convert and save a file as a PDF in a Google Drive folder.

  • : Search a Google Drive folder for files or sub-folders.

  • : Set public access for a file or folder.

  • : Move a file to the trash in your Google Drive.

  • : Update permissions for a file or folder.

  • : Upload a file to your Google Drive.

  • Microsoft OneDrive - Cloud storage service provided by Microsoft for storing and sharing files.

  • SFTP - Secure File Transfer Protocol used for securely transferring files over a network.

  • SharePoint – A web-based platform by Microsoft for document management, storage, and collaboration within organizations.

  • Google Sheets - Online spreadsheet editing and collaboration tool by Google.

  • Grist – Flexible spreadsheet-database hybrid for building custom data apps and tools.

  • Microsoft Excel 365 - Spreadsheet software from Microsoft, part of the Office 365 suite, used for data organization and analysis.

  • MongoDB – A cross-platform, document-oriented database program that uses JSON-like documents with optional schemas, classified as a NoSQL database.

  • MySQL - Let’s you connect with MySQL and perform different actions.

    1. Delete Row: Deletes one or more rows from a table.

    2. Execute Query: Executes a query on the MySQL database and returns the results.

    3. Find Rows: Reads rows from a table in the database.

    4. : Returns a list of tables in the database.

    5. : Inserts a new row into a table.

    6. : Updates one or more rows in a table.

  • NocoDB – Turns any database into a smart spreadsheet with collaboration features.

  • Postgres - The world's most advanced open-source relational database, known for its robustness and extensibility.

  • Qdrant - An open-source vector database specifically designed for storing and querying vector data, commonly used for machine learning applications.

  • Retable – Platform that transforms spreadsheets into smart, database-driven applications.

  • Snowflake – A fully managed cloud-based data warehouse platform that powers the AI Data Cloud. It helps businesses store, analyze, and share large amounts of data.

  • Supabase – Open-source alternative to Firebase, providing backend services for web and mobile applications.

  • SurrealDB – Serverless, multi-model database for building real-time, scalable applications.

  • Cloud software solutions for social good organizations.
  • Bloomerang – Donor management software for nonprofits.

  • Captain-data – Workflow automation platform for enriching and syncing B2B sales and marketing data.

  • Freshsales - CRM software for managing sales and customer relationships.

  • Google Contacts - Perform actions with your Google Contacts.

    1. Add Contact: Add a new contact to a Google Contacts account.

    2. Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Contacts endpoint.

    3. Search Contacts: Search for specific contacts in a Google Contacts account.

    4. : Update an existing contact in a Google Contacts account.

  • HubSpot - Inbound marketing and sales software for managing customer relationships.

  • LeadConnector - Tool for managing and automating lead generation and customer outreach.

  • Lusha – Sales intelligence platform offering verified B2B contact data for lead enrichment and prospecting.

  • Microsoft Dynamics 365 Business Central – An all-in-one business management solution covering finance, operations, sales, and customer service.

  • Microsoft Dynamics CRM – Customer relationship management platform to track and manage sales, service, and marketing

  • Moxie – A CRM designed specifically for freelancers to manage clients and projects efficiently.

  • Odoo - Open-source, all-in-one management software offering a range of business applications.

  • Pipedrive – Sales CRM and pipeline management software designed to help teams track and optimize their sales processes.

  • Salsa – Designed specifically for nonprofit organizations, Salsa CRM is a cloud-based platform offering tools for donor management, online and offline fundraising, advocacy, email marketing, event management, and reporting.

  • Salesforce - CRM software solutions and enterprise cloud computing services to help businesses manage customer relationships and streamline operations.

  • Sperse – A CRM platform that facilitates secure payment processing and supports affiliate marketing for online businesses.

  • Vtiger – CRM software for sales, marketing, and support teams to enhance customer relationships and business processes.

  • Zoho CRM - Customer relationship management software for managing sales, marketing, and support.

  • Google Docs - Allows you to interact with Google Docs for various tasks.

    1. Append Text to Google Docs: Add additional text to an existing Google Docs document.

    2. Create Document: Create a new document in Google Docs.

    3. Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Docs endpoint.

    4. : Edit a template file and replace the values with the provided ones.

    5. : Search for a document by its name.

    6. : Read the contents of an existing Google Docs document.

  • Google Tasks - Task management service by Google.

  • Jira Cloud - It is used for issue tracking and project management.

    1. Add Attachment to Issue: Add an attachment to a specific issue.

    2. Add Issue Comment: Add a new comment to an issue.

    3. Assign Issue: Assign an issue to a user.

    4. : Create a new issue in a project.

    5. : Make a custom API call to a specific Jira endpoint.

    6. : Delete a comment on a specific issue.

    7. : Retrieve all comments for a specific issue.

    8. : Search for issues using JQL (Jira Query Language).

    9. : Update an existing issue in a project.

    10. : Update a comment on a specific issue.

  • Linear - Issue tracking tool for software development teams.

  • Monday.com - Work operating system for businesses to manage projects, tasks, and team collaboration in one place.

  • Nifty – A project management tool that simplifies task tracking and collaboration.

  • Notion - An all-in-one workspace for note-taking, project management, and collaboration.

  • Taskade – All-in-one collaboration tool for managing tasks, notes, and team projects.

  • Trello - Project management tool that helps teams organize tasks and collaborate using boards, lists, and cards.

  • Wedof – Productivity and automation platform for business workflows and task management.

  • Bird – Customer messaging platform for managing omnichannel conversations.

  • Bonjoro - Personalized video messaging platform for customer engagement.

  • Discord - Communication platform for creating communities and group chats.

  • Gmail - It is used to connect with a Gmail account.

    1. Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific endpoint.

    2. Send Email: Send an email through a Gmail account.

  • Instasent – SMS messaging service for global delivery of promotional and transactional texts.

  • Intercom - Customer messaging platform for sales, marketing, and support.

  • Line Bot - Bot development platform for the LINE messaging app.

  • Mailchain – A platform enabling secure email communication using blockchain addresses.​

  • Maileroo – An email delivery platform focused on providing a user-friendly, affordable, and reliable service for transactional emails and offers features like an API, SMTP relay, and analytics.

  • Matrix – An open standard for interoperable, decentralized, real-time communication.

  • Mattermost – An open-source, self-hosted alternative to Slack for team collaboration and messaging.

  • Microsoft Teams – A collaboration platform combining chat, video meetings, file storage, and application integration.​

  • Pushover - A simple push notification service that allows developers to send alerts and messages to mobile devices and desktops.

  • RabbitMQ – Open source message broker for asynchronous communication between distributed systems and microservices.

  • Resend – An email-sending platform designed for developers, offering features like easy API integration and customization for transactional emails.

  • Seven – API platform for sending SMS, voice messages, and text-to-speech at scale.

  • Slack - Collaboration hub that connects people, information, and tools within a workspace.

  • SMTP - Protocol for sending emails across the internet, known as Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.

  • SOAP - Protocol for exchanging structured information in the implementation of web services.

  • Telegram Bot - Build chatbots for Telegram to automate interactions and provide services within the messaging app.

  • Twilio - Cloud communications platform that provides APIs and tools for developers to integrate voice, SMS, and messaging functionalities into their applications.

  • Wachat – WhatsApp-based communication tool for businesses to connect with customers efficiently.

  • Whatsable – Manage your WhatsApp business account for better customer communication and engagement.

  • Whatsapp Business – Messaging app built for small businesses to interact with customers using catalogs, responses, and more.

  • Zoom – A popular video conferencing platform that enables users to conduct virtual meetings, webinars, and presentations with features like screen sharing and real-time collaboration.

  • Customer.io – Automated messaging platform for sending targeted emails, push notifications, and SMS to customers.

  • Drip - E-commerce marketing automation platform.

  • Google My Business - Tool for managing business presence on Google Search and Maps.

  • Linka – White-label B2B marketing platform enabling businesses to create branded engagement and monetization platforms for networking, storefronts, and service transactions.

  • Mailchimp - An all-in-one integrated marketing platform for managing email campaigns and marketing automation.

  • MailerLite - Software designed for creating and managing email marketing campaigns.

  • Mailjet – An email service provider offering solutions for sending marketing and transactional emails.​

  • Mautic - Open-source software for marketing automation, including email marketing, web activity tracking, and more.

  • Reachinbox – Cold email automation tool for personalized outreach and lead generation.

  • Reoon Email Verifier – A bulk email validation service designed to clean email lists by removing invalid, temporary, and unsafe email addresses, aiming to protect the sender's reputation.

  • SendFox – Simple and affordable email marketing software designed for content creators.

  • SendGrid - Email delivery service that helps businesses send transactional and marketing emails reliably.

  • Sendy – Self-hosted email marketing software that allows you to send bulk emails at a low cost via Amazon SES.

  • Smaily – An intentionally simple email marketing tool that focuses on newsletters and marketing automation workflows, offering features like a drag-and-drop editor, landing pages, and integrations.

  • Talkable – Software for creating referral marketing programs that help drive revenue through customer referrals.

  • VBOUT – Marketing automation platform designed for agencies to manage campaigns, social media, and lead generation.

  • ​ZeroBounce – An email verification service that helps businesses improve email deliverability by identifying and removing invalid, abusive, and risky email addresses from their contact lists.

  • ChargeKeep – No-code Stripe-based payment form builder for small businesses.

  • Crypto - Tools and platforms for managing cryptocurrency transactions and investments.

  • Invoice Ninja - Online invoicing and billing software for small businesses.

  • Quickzu – Cloud-based POS and retail management platform.

  • Razorpay – Online payment gateway enabling businesses to accept, process, and disburse payments in India.

  • Respaid – Debt recovery automation tool for improving collection rates and reducing manual efforts.

  • Shopify – E-commerce platform that enables businesses to create and manage online stores.

  • Stripe - Online payment processing platform for businesses of all sizes.

  • Truelayer – Open banking API for accessing bank data and enabling instant payments.

  • VTEX – Unified commerce platform for managing online and offline retail operations.

  • WooCommerce – E-commerce platform built on WordPress for creating and managing online stores.

  • Xero - Accounting software designed for small businesses to manage finances and bookkeeping.

  • Zoho Books – Online accounting software that helps businesses manage finances, automate workflows, and stay tax compliant.

  • Zoho Invoice - An online invoicing and billing software solution from Zoho that allows businesses to create and send professional invoices, track payments, and manage client information.

  • Zuora – Subscription billing and revenue management platform for recurring business models.

  • WordPress - A free and open-source content management system used to create websites and blogs.

  • SurveyMonkey - Platform for creating surveys and receiving responses to gather valuable feedback.

  • Typeform – Platform for creating beautiful, interactive online forms and surveys.

  • Wootric – Tool for measuring and boosting customer happiness through feedback and surveys.

  • Create Quick Event: Quickly add a calendar event with minimal details.

  • Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific Google Calendar endpoint.

  • Delete Event: Remove an event from Google Calendar.

  • Get All Events: Retrieve all events from a specific calendar.

  • Update Event: Modify details of an existing event.

  • Microsoft Outlook Calendar – Shared calendar system for scheduling, reminders, and meeting coordination.

  • Sessions – All-in-one platform for hosting collaborative meetings and virtual events.

  • Sessions.us - Video conferencing platform tailored for businesses and professionals for seamless online meetings.

  • TidyCal – A scheduling tool that simplifies coordinating meetings and appointments by offering features like availability sharing and automated booking.

  • Connections - Dynamically read and manage connections.

  • Ethereum Name Service (ENS) – Maps human-readable names to Ethereum wallet addresses and decentralized resources.

  • Flowise - Workflow automation platform for streamlining business processes.

  • GitHub - Platform for hosting and managing software development projects.

  • GitLab - DevOps platform for version control and CI/CD.

  • GCloud Pub/Sub - Messaging service for exchanging messages between applications.

  • HTTP - Sends HTTP requests and handles responses.

  • Mempool – Real-time visualization and analysis of Bitcoin transaction data before confirmation.

  • pylon – API observability and management platform to monitor, analyze, and control API usage.

  • ServiceNow – A cloud-based platform that automates enterprise management workflows, integrating various business processes into a unified system.

  • Webflow – Design, build, and launch responsive websites visually without writing code.

  • Date Helper - It simplifies the process of manipulating, formatting, and extracting time units.

  • Delay - It is used to delay the execution of the next action in the flow.

  • Files Helper - It is used to read file content and return it in different formats.

    1. Change File Encoding: Change the encoding of a file.

    2. Check File Type: Check the MIME type of a file and filter based on the selected type.

    3. Create File: Create a new file from the provided content.

    4. : Read a file from the file system.

  • Image Helper - A piece that has multiple tools for image manipulations.

    1. Crop an Image: Crop a specific area of an image.

    2. Get Image Metadata: Retrieve metadata from an image, such as dimensions and format.

    3. Image to Base64: Converts an image to a Base64 string that resembles a URL.

    4. : Resize an image to specified dimensions.

    5. : Rotate an image by a specified angle.

  • Inputs - Choose from a range of input options.

    1. Json: Add JSON.

    2. Long text: Add Long Text.

    3. Number: Add a Number.

    4. : Read a file from the file system.

    5. : Add Text.

    6. : Add Text List.

  • Loop - It is used to loop on items; the input should be an array.

  • Math Helper - It is used to perform mathematical operations.

  • PDF – Universal file format used for sharing readable, non-editable documents across platforms.

  • Queue – Provides a way to push items into a queue, allowing for throttling requests or processing data in a First-In-First-Out (FIFO) manner.

  • Router- Route actions based on whether the 'if' condition is true or false.

  • Storage - Store or retrieve data from a key/value database.

    1. Add To List: Add an item to a list in storage.

    2. Append: Append a value to an existing value in storage.

    3. Get: Retrieve a value from storage.

    4. : Store a value in storage.

    5. : Remove a value from storage.

    6. : Remove an item from a list in storage.

  • Tags – Feature to add custom tags to runs for better filtration and organization.

  • Text Helper - Tools for text processing.

    1. HTML to Markdown: Convert HTML to Markdown.

    2. Markdown to HTML: Convert markdown to HTML.

    3. Remove HTML Tags: Remove every HTML tag and return plain text.

    4. : Replace all instances of any word, character, or phrase in text with another.

    5. : Slugify strings.

    6. : Concatenate two or more texts.

    7. : Find substring (Regex or Text).

    8. : Split a text by a delimiter.

  • Utilities - Tools and services that provide various essential functions for operating systems and applications.

  • XML - Extensible Markup Language for storing and transporting data in a structured format.

  • Metabase – A user-friendly business intelligence tool for asking questions and learning from data through easy-to-use analytics.

  • Mixpanel - A simple and powerful product analytics tool that helps users make data-driven decisions.

  • PostHog - Open-source product analytics platform that allows businesses to track user behavior and product performance.

  • Returning AI – Predictive analytics tool for customer return behavior.

  • Saastic – A subscription analytics platform specifically designed for businesses using Stripe as their payment processor, providing insights into revenue, churn, and customer lifetime value.

  • Segment – A customer data platform (CDP) that unifies, cleans, and activates customer data from multiple sources for personalized marketing, analytics, and engagement.

  • LinkedIn Actions - Automate actions within LinkedIn.

    1. Create Company Update: Publish a new update to a Company Page.

    2. Create Share Update: Post a share update on LinkedIn.

    3. Custom API Call: Make a custom API call to a specific LinkedIn endpoint.

  • Mastodon – An open-source, decentralized social network that allows users to host their own servers.

  • Twitter - Social media platform with over 500 million users for sharing short messages, news, and media.

  • Youtube – Video-sharing platform for uploading, streaming, and monetizing content globally.

  • Robolly – An all-in-one service offering personalized image, video, and PDF generation through an API.

  • Scenario – AI platform for generating game assets like characters and props with custom styles.

  • Spotify – Music streaming service that offers access to millions of songs for everyone.

  • Thankster – Personalization service for sending handwritten thank-you notes at scale.

  • Village – Community-focused platform for sharing knowledge, tools, and updates in curated groups.

  • Webling – Membership management system for clubs, associations, and non-profits.

  • Dust - Platform for managing data privacy and compliance.

  • Frame - Cloud-based virtual desktop and application delivery platform.

  • Freshdesk - Customer support software for managing helpdesk and support tickets.

  • Gameball – Customer loyalty and gamification tool that boosts engagement with rewards and referrals.

  • Gotify – Self-hosted notification service.

  • Heartbeat - Monitoring service for tracking the health of applications and services.

  • Kimai - Open-source time-tracking software for businesses.

  • Onfleet - Software for managing last-mile delivery operations, optimizing routes, and tracking deliveries.

  • Pastebin - A service for simple and secure sharing of text and code snippets.

  • Pastefy – A platform specifically focused on sharing code snippets, offering features like syntax highlighting and version control for code collaboration.

  • Todoist – A task management app that allows users to create to-do lists, set priorities, track progress, and collaborate with others on tasks.

  • Zendesk - Customer service software and support ticket system for managing customer interactions.

  • Agents
    Apps
    Knowledgebase
    Models
    Fetch Previous Conversations of an App
    Update a Knowledge Base
    Update an App
    Amazon Textract
    Azure Document Intelligence
    Azure OpenAI
    Azure Translation
    Amazon S3
    Box
    Dropbox
    Google Drive
    AITable
    Airtable
    Azure Cosmos
    Baserow
    ActiveCampaign
    Apollo
    Blackbaud
    Asana
    Confluence
    Flowlu
    Amazon SNS
    Amazon SQS
    Azure Communication Services
    Beamer
    Brevo
    Constant Contact
    Binance
    Contentful
    GhostCMS
    Formbricks
    Google Forms
    Jotform
    Kizeo Forms
    Calendly
    Google Calendar
    Add Attendees to Event
    Create Event
    Activepieces platform
    Apify
    Bubble
    Approval
    Code
    CSV
    Data Mapper
    Databricks
    Google Search Console
    Facebook Pages
    Hacker News
    Instagram for Business
    LinkedIn
    Bannerbear
    Figma
    GenerateBanners
    Bettermode
    Brilliant Directories
    Discourse
    Bing Search
    Google Search
    Certopus
    Clearout
    Clockodo
    Contiguity
    Delete Permissions
    Duplicate File
    Get File
    List Files
    Move File
    Read File
    Save File as PDF
    Search
    Set Public Access
    Trash File
    Update Permissions
    Upload File
    Get Tables
    Insert Row
    Update Row
    Update Contact
    Edit Template File
    Find Document
    Read Document
    Create Issue
    Custom API Call
    Delete Issue Comment
    List Issue Comments
    Search Issues
    Update Issue
    Update Issue Comment
    Read File
    Resize an Image
    Rotate an Image
    Read File
    Text
    Text List
    Put
    Remove
    Remove from List
    Replace
    Slugify
    Concatenate
    Find
    Split